Fire Product Catalogue - Issue 5.2: A Vital Part of Your World

Fire Product Catalogue - Issue 5.
a vital part of your world
Introduction
Welcome to Issue 5.2 of Tyco Safety Products Fire Product Catalogue of product available from our Letchworth UK Distribution
Centre. We aim to make your product range as comprehensive as possible to ensure you never need go anywhere else. To meet
this goal, our product specialists, with your help, have selected the most appropriate, cost effective product range all available for
next day delivery.
In line with our ISO 9000 accreditation, only those products that meet the highest quality criteria have been included.
Our warehouse is one of the largest Fire & Security product distribution centres in
Europe. Our goal is to despatch product on the same day as we receive your
order. Our warranty and service returns policy is second to none. We recognise
that your business is highly dependant on excellence in customer service and to
help achieve this we offer extended warranty from many of our suppliers. Full credit
is also available on a No Question No Fuss basis for any new in-warranty
product returned to the distribution centre.
Our training department offers comprehensive sales, design and engineering training on
our complete range of products. We recommend you take advantage of this free of
charge service. As always, training can be undertaken any time, anywhere to suit your
business needs. Contact our telephone Help Line for further information.
Tyco Safety Products Web site contains an endless supply of product related
information. It is regularly updated and features many aids to the selling process
including presentation material, independent product test results and detailed
technical information.
Our web site can be found at www.tycosafetyproducts-europe.com
To enhance customer specifications and quotations we also provide a series of product

datasheets which can give our clients an opportunity to read more about the product.
We are positive that together we can help grow your business and we look forward to
working with you in the future.
For further details on this catalogue, contact our customer telephone Help Line on
+44 1932 74 3327.
Content Page
CONTENTS
Content Page
3
4
Tyco MX Technology
MX Detection Panels
16 MX Panel Components
23 MX Panel User Interface Modules
29 MX Addressable Input/Output Modules
33 MX Ancillary Housings & Labels
36 MX Programming and Service Tools
37 MX Technology Software Applications
40 MX Graph and MX Net
46 MX Solo Detection Panels
48 Conventional Detection Panels
59 Conventional Marine Panels
62 Batteries, PSUs and Door Release Units
65 MX Virtual Multi Sensor Detectors
71 Series 600 Conventional Detectors
76 Detector Bases and Accessories
78 Functional Detector Bases
80 Detector Ancillaries
84 Duct Probe Air Sampling
85 Vesda Aspirating Smoke Detection
92 Vesda Pipe and Fittings
95 Special Hazards
96 Flame Detectors For Hazardous Areas
101 System 800 Intrinsically
Safe Addressable Point Detection
104 System 620 Intrinsically Safe Conventional
Point Detection
110 I.S. Barriers & Housings
112 Beam and Linear Heat Detection
116 Detector Test Equipment
118 Callpoints
126 Minerva Range of Sounders
134 Minerva Firecryer Voice Sounder
136 Fulleon Range of Sounders
141 Visual Indicators
145 Auxiliary Interface Relays and
Housings
146 Miscellaneous FIre Products
147 Datwyler Fire Resistant Cable
148 Water Leak Detection Systems
Page 2
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 1- Tyco MX Technology

Tyco MX Technology
Tyco MX Technology brings together the latest fire detection technology from around the world into a comprehensive
international range of fire detection systems. Tyco MX Technology can be used to provide cost effective solutions on
small fire detection systems whilst also providing the features and functions required on very large commercial and
industrial sites.
MX VIRTUAL multi-sensor detectors

MX DIGITAL robust & reliable high speed loop protocol
Rapid response to fire conditions and very low false
alarms through:
MX FASTLOGIC detection algorithms
MX HPO detection algorithms
MX CCO fire detection
MX Technology
Tyco MX Technology is being made available on a wide
range of internationally approved panels and systems
available from Tyco companies world-wide including:
MINERVA MX PANELS
MINERVA MARINE T2000 PANELS
ZETTLER EXPERT PANELS
MINERVA SOLO PANELS
Page 3
MX Technology
Features
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

MX Detection Panels
MX Fire Detection
Tyco MX detection panels use all the features of Tyco MX Technology to provide the latest fire detection technology
meeting the latest worldwide standards in cost-effective, expandable packages.
Tyco MX detection panels support Tyco MX Technology:
MX VIRTUAL Multi-sensor detectors

MX DIGITAL high speed reliable digital protocol
MX FASTLOGIC fuzzy logic smoke detection algorithms
MX CCO universal carbon monoxide fire detection
algorithms
Tyco MX detection panels provide modular cost

effective solutions:
Networked panels from 1 to 792 detection loops

Powerful central loop processing functions
Powerful and modular user interface
MX REMOTE diagnostics and service functions
MX GRAPH graphical user interfaces
Designer and modular housing options
Tyco MX detection panels provide long term fire detection

solutions including upgrade paths from earlier panel
models and a long term develop-ment strategy providing
future upgrade paths.
Tyco MX detection panels include:
MINERVA MX for EN54 LPCB approved systems
ZETTLER EXPERT for EN54 LPCB & VdS approved
systems
MINERVA EXPERT T2000 for Marine approved systems
Tyco MX detection panels include a powerful user
interface:
640 Character display
Displays first alarm and most recent alarm
Permanently displays systems status including number
of alarms, number of faults, number of isolated points
Scroll function allows details of all events and status to
be easily viewed
Displays temperature, CO level and smoke level at point
in alarm
Page 4
Displays 95 character custom messages for emergency

procedures
Tyco MX panels include advanced manager and
engineer functions including:
Menu driven
Multi-level password protected
Viewing 3000 event log
Detailed fault reporting
Isolate by point, zone or sector
Viewing and printing status
Viewing and printing isolated points
Manual and automatic walk test and reporting functions
Viewing and printing maintenance reports
Extensive diagnostic functions including simulation and
force outputs
Text and configuration changes/Automatic battery test
Detector service functions
Tyco MX detection panels include very powerful
event/action programming including:
Seamless network wide event/action
240 x 240 Output map and output sequencing
algorithms
Over 1500 event/action groups for the most complex
applications
Templates for fast programming of standard applications
including:
- EN54/BS5839
- EN54/VdS
- EN54 Marine
User defined templates
Time, date and special day programming
Wide range of co-incidence, double knock and delay
functions
MX2 Panels
Minerva MX2 Range

The Minerva MX2 range of panels are intelligent LPCB
EN54 compliant panels, which can be networked to
provide up to 396 detection loops and installed to
BS5839:Pt1 2002
The MX2 design philosophy is to have a single panel
housing that incorporates all the necessary components
required to satisfy the most comprehensive of
specifications. Additional matching ancillary housings can
accommodate a range of standard modules, adjacent to
or remote from the main controller.
There are six control panels in the range with an MX2
number that designates the number of loops, zonal LED
fitted and housing type.
MX2 supports one or two MX DIGITAL detection loop
with up to 250 addressable devices per loop.
MX2 loop panels can be expanded to four loops
supporting up to 1000 addressable devices.
MX2 consists of a strong steel enclosure incorporating

a removable chassis plate. The chassis plate holds:
PSB820 5A 24Vdc battery back power supply and loop
booster to EN54:pt.4.
FIM800 field interface PCB incorporating one or two MX
DIGITAL loops.
CPU800 32 bit processor and memory card
Optional network card, additional loop card(s) and
remote diagnostic modem
Optional IOB800 input/output expansion card mounted
on the PSB800
The panel has a removable steel front door, which
incorporates the MX user interface and optional zonal
LEDs. The user interface has a 16 x 40-character backlit
LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5 softkeys.
All mandatory operator controls are provided with LED
functions including Day/Night switching. One control key
and 2 status indication LEDs are provided for site-specific
functions.
Product Codes
557.200.200
557.200.201
557.200.202
557.200.203
557.200.204
557.200.205
557.200.206
557.200.207
557.200.208
557.200.209
557.200.210
557.202.007
557.202.026
MX2-100 One loop shallow housing

MX2-200 Two loop shallow housing
MX2-110 One loop c/w LEDs shallow
housing
MX2-210 Two loop c/w LEDs shallow
housing
MX2-201 Two loop deep housing
MX2-211 two loop c/w LEDs deep
housing
MX2-R Repeater c/w LEDs and
addressable PSU shallow housing
MX2-XB0 Expansion Box Shallow
MX2-XB1 Expansion Box Deep
MX2-FB Panel/repeater flush mounting
bezel
MX2-FBX Expansion box flush mounting
bezel
XLM800 Loop expansion module
TLI800 MXNet network node
interface module
557.202.021
557.202.022
557.202.020
557.202.024
557.201.209
557.201.211
557.201.210
557.202.206
557.202.204
557.202.205
557.202.209
ANN840 LED Annunciator 40 way bicolour

ANN880 LED Annunciator 80 way
COM820 Status command module 20
way
PRN800 In-built thermal printer
(expansion box)
MX2 Dual power supply kit
Ancillary/expansion board mounting kit
Dual Power Supply mounting kit
MX battery expansion aperture
installation kit.
MX2 Battery housing
MX2 Battery and Expansion Housing
(65AH)
MX2 LCD Assembly (Spare)
Page 5

Features
MX Panels
Compact
MX Technology Digital Loop
LPCB Approved
MINERVA MX1000 & MX4000

The MINERVA MX panels are intelligent LPCB EN54
approved panels, which can be networked to provide up to
792 detection loops and installed to BS5839:Pt.1.
The MX1000 supports one MX DIGITAL detection loop
with up to 250 addressable devices.
The MX4000 supports two MX DIGITAL detection loops
and can be expanded to eight loops supporting up to
1000 addressable devices.
The MX1000 and MX4000 each provide up to 240 zones
of detection
The panel has a strong cast aluminium front door, which

incorporates a modular user interface that fully complies
with EN54:pt.2. The user interface incorporates the
ODM800 operator display module with a 16 x 40-character
backlit LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad, 5
softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module provides
all mandatory operator control keys and LED functions
including Day/Night switching. Two control keys and 2
indication LEDs are provided for site-specific functions.
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according to
the default LPCB functionality. The slide in decals can be
reversed and alternative text added.
Both panels consist of a strong steel enclosure

incorporating a removable chassis plate. The chassis plate
holds:
A maximum of 1200 digital INPUT/OUTPUT points can be

provided via expansion boards connected to the remote
bus.
PSB800 5A 24Vdc battery backed power supply and

loop booster to EN54:pt.4
DIGITAL loops
Optional network card, additional loop card (s) and
Optional IOB800 input/output expansion card mounted
on the PSB800
Product Codes
Standard Panels
557.200.001
MX1000 Single Loop Panel Shallow
Back Box
557.200.020
MX1000 Single Loop Panel- Shallow
Back Box - DANISH
557.200.021
MX1000 Single Loop Panel- Shallow
Back Box - DANISH/ENGLISH
557.200.002
MX1000 Single loop panel - Flush Back
Box
557.200.003
MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel
Shallow Back Box
557.200.022
MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel Shallow Back Box - DANISH
557.200.023
MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel Shallow Back Box - DANISH/ENGLISH
557.200.004
MX4000 Two to Eight Loop Panel Deep
Back Box
557.200.009
MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel - Flush
Back Box
Page 6
Options
557.202.006
557.202.007
557.202.026
557.202.036
557.202.116
557.202.118
IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board

(Max. 24 I/O on main panel 8in/16out)
XLM-MX two loop MX DIGITAL
expansion card
TLI-800 ThornNet & MX-NET network
card
Remote Diagnostic Modem
Modem Lead
MX CONSYS download lead

Features
Compact
Low Cost Option
Rack Mounting Kit
The batteries and any additional zone LEDs or operator

controls and firemans interface are mounted in a separate
housing which can be mounted below the main panel or
behind the panel. The matching battery and expansion box
is available with shallow (17Ah) or deep backbox (38Ah)
according to the batteries used.
The chassis plate in the battery box also has space for up
to 2 x IOB800 input/output expansion modules (maximum
24 I/O) or 1 x MX FILNET or 1 x PSM/PSB800.
Product Codes
557.200.005
557.200.019
557.200.006
557.200.007
557.200.008
557.200.016
572.065
MX-BBX 17Ah shallow expansion and

battery box
MX-BBX-F 17Ah shallow flush expansion
and battery box
MX-DPBX 38Ah deep expansion and
battery box.
Certain popular configurations are
available with the zone LED modules prefitted.
MX-BBX-40LED 17Ah battery box with 40
zone LEDs
MX-DPBBX-40LED 38Ah battery box with
40 Zone LEDS.
Where no additional controls are required
the low cost MX-BATT battery box can be
used for housing up to 38Ah batteries
and IOB800 boards.
Dimension (mm) 322H x 442W x 217D.
MX-BATT Deep battery box
MX/ZX Rack Mounting Kit for standard
19 racks
For Marine Applications - the following optional housing

and accessories are available.:MARINE HOUSING OPTIONS
557.180.406
557.180.454
MINERVA Marine Terminal Chamber

MINERVA Marine Bulkhead Mount
MARINE ACCESSORIES
557.180.452
557.180.022
MINERVA Marine 19 rack mounting kit

for use with surface mounting housings
MINERVA terminal chamber PCB
assembly
Page 7
MX Battery & Expansion/Housings
Battery & Expansion Boxes

Features
MX Repeaters
Fully Functional
Flush or Surface Mounting
Fully Monitored
Minerva MX Repeaters
The MINERVA MX full function repeater is an EN54 LPCB
approved repeater with optional addressable EN54:Pt.4
power supply. The repeater consists of a steel backbox
and cast aluminium front door which incorporates the
backlit LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5
including Day/Night switching. One control key and 2
indication LEDs are provided for site-specific functions.
The back box has a removable chassis plate with either

the RSM800 or the PSM800 power supply. APM800
addressable PSU monitor and space for 2 x 7 Ah batteries
to provide 72 h backup.

the default LPCB functionality. The slide in decals can be
The operator control module (OCM800) can support up to

80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED annunciators,
IOB800 input/output modules,
or com 820 command modules.
The MINERVA MX repeater is connected to the Panel via

the remote bus (RS485, 1200 m distance). A maximum of
7 repeaters (including one MX REMOTE repeater) can be
linked to each MINERVA MX panel and can provide full
repeater functions for all panels on the system.
Two power supply options are available for repeaters. The

MXR incorporates an RSM800 repeater supply module for
connection to a 24 Vdc supply. Or the MXR-PSU which
incorporates a PSM800 power supply module for
connection to a 120-240Vac mains supply and an APM800
addressable power monitor for connection to an MX
addressable loop, providing power supply monitoring in
accordance with EN54-pt.4.
Product Codes
Standard Repeaters
557.200.012
MXR Repeater with shallow backbox
(24Vdc)
557.200.017
MXR-F Repeater with flush backbox
(24Vdc)
557.200.013
MXR-PSU Repeater and addressable
PSU (120-240 Vac)
557.200.018
MXR-PSU-F Repeater and addressable
PSU with flush backbox (120-240Vac)
Page 8
Options
557.202.006
557.180.005
557.180.016
557.202.028

Mimic driver module
XIOM universal I/O module
RSM800 PSU Module (24Vdc)

Features
MX4000 and ZX4 Black Box Panels

For situations where a networked MX TechnologyTM panel is
not required to have a user interface an MX4000 or ZX4
black box panel can be used. Black box panels consist of
steel back boxes which house the FIM, processor board,
power supply and optional network card and expansion
loop card. The front cover is of steel construction and has
a simple status display panel giving LED indication of
alarm, fault, power and system fault.
MX4000 or ZX4 black box panels are full featured MX

TechnologyTM panels designed to be used on networked
systems in situations where a local user interface is not
required.
Technical Specification
Product Codes
DIMENSIONS (mm)
Aprox weight:
Colour, housing &
front cover:
Operating Temp:
Storage Temp:
Relative Humidity:
Supply voltage:
Input current:
Max. charged
current:
557.200.027
542.098
640H X 440W X 230D

16Kg
MX4000 Black Box Panel 2 loop

ZX4 Black Box Panel 2 loop
Dawn Grey (BS 4800 10A)

Range -8C to +55C
-20C to +70C
95% non condensing
120 to 240 Vac
0.8 to 1.6A
3,8A (dependant on
standby current)
Page 9
MX Black Box Panels
2 MX/ZX detection loops as standard

Expandable to 8 loops using XLM800
Same loop power capability of standard MX4000 and ZX4
panel/Reduces the cost of network systems
Uses either Filnet or MXNet networks (network card
supplied separately)
Create a system of distributed loops to reduce installation
costs
Alarm, fault, power and system fault status display
Single deep surface mount enclosure
Integral power supply and space for 38AH batteries
Distributed power supplies reduce cabling costs
On board dual sounder circuits/Printer support at each
black box
Fully featured and supported remote bus at each black
box-drive repeaters and mimic displays
Download MX-/ZXConsys configurations from any panel or
black box on the network

Features
T2000 Marine Panel
PSB800M 5A 24V DC battery backed power supply and

loop booster to EN54pt4
DIGITAL loops
Optional network card and additional loop card(s)
Optional approved Mild-Steel Enclosure
MINERVA Expert T2000 Marine Detection Panel

The T2000 is a fully Marine approved EN54 compliant 1 to
8 loop networkable detection panel. The T2000 supports
two Tyco MX DIGITAL detection loops and can be
expanded to eight loops supporting up to 1000
addressable devices. The T2000 consists of a strong
stainless steel or mild steel Marine approved enclosure
incorporating the above stated features.
The OCM800 operator control module provides all

mandatory operator control keys and LED functions
indication LEDs are provided for vessel specific functions.
the default Marine functionality. The slide in decals can be
The panel has a strong cast aluminium front door, which

incorporates a modular user interface that fully complies
with EN54 pt2. The user interface incorporates the ODM800
operator display module with a 16 x 40-character backlit
LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5 softkeys.

controls are mounted in a separate housing which can be
mounted below the main panel or behind the panel. The
battery box has a heavy duty backbox and battery clamp.
The chassis plate in the battery box also has space for up
to 2 x IOB800 input/output expansion modules (maximum
24 I/O) or 1 x PSM/PSB800.
Product Codes
557.200.600
557.200.602
557.200.603
557.200.610
557.200.605
557.201.216
Page 10
T2000 Two To Eight Loop Marine Panel

(Stainless steel enclosure)
T2000B Battery Box
T2000 B80 Battery Box c/w 80 way LED
ANN880
T2000 Standard Two to Eight Loop
Marine Panel (Mild steel enclosure)
T2000 BM Battery Box
(Mild steel enclosure)
T2000 XLM 8-Loop Mounting Kit

Features
Fully Functional
Optional Approved Mild Steel Enclosure
Fully Monitored R-Bus
The T2000 full function repeater is an EN54 Marine

approved repeater with optional addressable EN54:Pt.4
power supply. The repeater consists of a steel backbox
and cast aluminium front door which incorporates the
backlit LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5
indication LEDs are provided for vessel-specific functions.
The back box has a removable chassis plate with the

PSM800M power supply, APM800 addressable PSU
monitor and space for 2 x 7 Ah batteries to provide 72h
backup.

the default Marine functionality. The slide in decals can be

80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED annunciators,
IOB800 input/output modules or COM800 command
modules.
The T2000 repeater with Power Supply is connected to the

Panel via the remote bus (RS485, 1200 m distance). A
maximum of x 7 repeaters (including one MX REMOTE
repeater) can be linked to each T2000 panel and can
provide full repeater functions for all panels on the system.
Product Codes
557.200.601
557.200.604
557.200.611
557.200.612
T2000R Marine Repeater with Power

Supply Unit 240Vac
T2000R Marine Repeater without Power
Supply Unit 24Vdc
T2000R Standard Marine Repeater with
Power Supply Unit 240Vac
T2000R Standard Marine Repeater
without Power Supply Unit 24Vdc
Page 11
T2000 Marine Repeater
MINERVA EXPERT T2000 Marine Repeater
Zettler Expert Panels
Features
ZETTLER Expert 1000 & 4000

The ZETTLER EXPERT panels are intelligent LPCB & VdS
certified EN54 panels, which can be networked to provide
up to 512 detection loops. The panel has twin strong cast
aluminium front doors, which incorporates a modular user
interface that fully complies with EN54:pt.2. The user
interface incorporates the ODM800 operator display
module with a 16 x 40-character backlit LCD display, simple
alphanumeric keypad, 5 softkeys. The OCM800 operator
control module provides all mandatory operator control
keys and LED functions including Day/Night switching.
Four control keys and 4 indication LEDs are provided for
site-specific functions.
The ZX1 supports one Tyco MX DIGITAL detection loop

with up to 250 addressable devices or 128 for VdS
certified installations.
The ZX4 supports two Tyco MX DIGITAL detection loops
and can be expanded to eight loops supporting up to
1000 addressable devices or 512 devices for VdS
certified installations.
Both panels consist of a strong deep steel enclosure
incorporating two removable chassis plates. The upper
chassis plate holds:
PSB800 5A 24V DC battery backed power supply and
loop booster to EN54:pt.4
DIGITAL loops
Optional network card, additional loop card (s) and
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in German according to
the default VdS functionality. The slide in decals can be
controls are mounted in the lower section of the double
housing which can take 38Ah batteries. The chassis plate
in the battery lower section also has space for up to 2 x
IOB800 input/output expansion modules (maximum 24 I/O)
or a TUD800 German Fire Brigade transmission unit.
The battery section can have one or two 40 way zone
indicators (ANN840) mounted in the front door.
Product Codes
Standard Panels
542.080
ZX1 1 Loop Panel Deep
542.081
ZX4 2 - 8 Loop Panel Deep
Options
542.006
(Max. 24 I/O on main panel 8 in/16 out)
542.007
XLM-MX two loop MX DIGITAL
expansion card
542.010
TUD-800 German Transmission Unit
542.025
MX-FIL FILNET network card
542.026
TLI800 MX-NET Network card
542.036
Remote Diagnostic Modem
542.008
Modem lead
542.011
MX CONSYS Download lead
Page 12

Features
Fully Functional
Monitored Data Bus
Matches Panel Operater Interface
The ZETTLER EXPERT full function repeater is an EN54

LPCB & VdS certified repeater with optional addressable
EN54:Pt.4 power supply. The repeater consists of a steel
backbox and cast aluminium front door which incorporates
the ODM800 operator display module with a 16 x 40character backlit LCD display, simple alphanumeric
keypad, 5 softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module
provides all mandatory operator control keys and LED
functions including Day/Night switching.Control keys and
LEDs are labelled in German according to the default VdS
functionality. The slide in decals can be reversed and
alternative text added.
The back box has a removable chassis plate with the

PSM800 power supply, APM800 addressable PSU monitor
and space for 2 x 7 Ah batteries to provide 72 h backup.
The ZETTLER EXPERT Repeater with Power Supply is
connected to the Panel via the remote bus (RS485, 1200 m
distance). A maximum of 7 repeaters (including one MX
REMOTE repeater) can be linked to each ZETTLER
EXPERT panel and can provide full repeater functions for
all panels on the system.
80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED annunciators
and IOB800 in/output modules.
Product Codes
Standard Repeaters
542.084
ZXF Repeater with shallow backbox
(24Vdc)
542.085
ZXFEV Repeater and addressable PSU
(120-220 Vac)
542.087
ZXFEV - UP repeater complete with
PSU-FLS (120-220Vac)
Options
542.006
542.044

RSM 800 PSU Module (24Vdc)
Page 13
Zettler Expert Repeaters
ZETTLER Expert Repeaters

MX Detection Panels - Technical Specifications & System Schematics
MX Panel Specifications
MX Detection Panels - Designer Housing Technical Specification
Dimensions (mm)
Approx Weight
Temperature (Storage)
Temperature (Operating)
Humidity
Colour (Housing)
Colour (Modules)
EMC/RFI
Shock
Vibration
Shallow Housing
320Hx440Wx120D
7Kg
-20oC to +70oC
-8oC to +55oC
Flush Shallow Housing

Deep Housing
380Hx500Wx120D
320Hx440Wx215D
7.2Kg
8Kg
-20oC to +70oC
-20oC to +70oC
o
o
-8 C to +55 C
-8oC to +55oC
up to 95% RH, Non-Condensing
Dawn Grey (BS 4800 10A - 03)
Pantone 431C
EN 50130-4
EN 54-2
EN 54-2
Marine
320Hx440Wx135D
14Kg
-20oC to +70oC
-8oC to +55oC
MX2 Detection Panels Technical Specification

Panel Shallow Housing
Dimensions (MM)
Approx Weight
Temperate (storage)
Temperate (operating)
Humidity
Colour (Housing)
Colour (Modules)
EMC/RFI
IP Rating
Page 14
580H x 458W x 129D

12.7kg
Panel Deep Housing
Expansion Housing
Shallow
580H x 458W x 209D
357Hx 458W x 129D
15.2kg
6.2kg
-20 C to + 70C
-5C to +55 C
Up to 90 % RH Non Condensing
Dawn Grey (BS4800 10A-03)
Pantone 431C
EN50130-4 EN61000-6-3
IP30
Expansion Housing
Deep
357H x 458W x 209D
7.5kg

DESIGNER HOUSING SCHEMATIC
24Vdc
Non-Resettable
24Vdc
Resettable
Field I/O
Network
PC/Modem
Printer
CPU
ODM
TLI
PSB
RBus
FIM
FRONT
DOOR
Loop A
Loop D
110-240Va.c.
OCM
Loop B
XBus
MAIN PANEL HOUSING
TUD/
IOB
ANN880
ANN840
or COM820
PSB/PSM
IOB
MX
FILNET
FRONT
DOOR
17 or 38Ah
17 or 38Ah
MPM
BATTERY & EXPANSION HOUSING
ANN880
ANN840
or COM820
Remote bus up to 15 addresses a combination of

up to 7 x OCM and 15 x MPM Maximum
MX2 Schematic
NETWORK
FIELD
I/O
110-240 Vac
LOOP A
XLM
TLO
RBUS
DCM
CPU
PSB
LOOP B
LOOP C
FIM
LOOP D
PRINTER
NETWORK
PC MODEM
17AH OR 38AH
24Vdc
ANN881
17AH OR 38AH
FRONT DOOR
MAIN PANEL HOUSING

Page 15
MX Schematics
Loop C
XLM

MX Panel Components
These modules provide the core components of the MX/ZX range of fire controllers, the modules include CPU, field
interface, loop expanison PSUs and I/O boards.
MX CPU800
Features
Full alarm and fault monitoring for up to 1000
addressable points including central loop processing of
MX Fastlogic expert algorithms
Concurrent operation of the main user interface and 2
remote user interfaces including one remote dial up or
networked user interface
Cause and core effect using up to 1000 input, output
groups, delay timers and logic functions
CPU Expert Central Processor

The CPU-800 provides the main processing power behind
the MX detection panels. It is a multi-layer PCB and
contains the CPU, the memory and interface electronics.
The CPU-800 plugs into the Field Interface Module
(FIM800).
The CPU-800 contains a Data Memory (SRAM), a Program

Memory (Flash EPROM), a Configuration Memory (Flash
EPROM) and a Boot ROM (EPROM). The use of flash
EPROM allows program upgrades without the need for
changing chips.
Product Codes
32 bit Processor:
Data Memory SRAM:
Prog. Memory Flash
EPROM:
Config. Memory Flash
EPROM:
Boot EPROM:
Number of serial
Interfaces:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
557.202.002 (Spare only) CPU800 standard MX central

processor UK
542.002 (Spare only)
CPU800 standard MX central
processor EUROPE
Page 16
Motorola 68331
1 MByte
2 MByte
1 Mbyte
64 kByte
4
67mA
67mA

Features
Interfaces to CPU & XLM modules
3 Download/Network & Printer ports
Up to 2 MX Loops
The Field Interface Module FIM is the main interface for

field wiring on MX detection panels and contains plug-in
field wiring terminals, inter board connectors, EMC
protectors and filters and general I/O electronics.
The FIM801 provides 1 x MX DIGITAL loop and the FIM802
provides 2 x MX DIGITAL loops. Each MX DIGITAL loop
can support several kilometres of loop wiring using a
mixed topology using multiple loops and spurs.
The FIM provides up to 495mA of loop power to each loop
to drive loop powered sounders and other loop power
devices. An optional plug-in additional loop cards(XLM800MX) provide up to 8 x MX Digital loops.
The FIM incorporates the following local I/O connections:
2 x reverse polarity monitored sounder outputs
2 x volt free outputs (Default alarm and fault)
1 monitored input (eg. Day/Night changeover)
1 emergency alarm input
1 unmonitored input (eg. Class Change or Tamper)
Full monitoring of PSB800 power supply
Ground fault monitoring
The FIM incorporates a local I/O bus which allows the local
I/O connections to be increased by 24. A variety of I/O
expansion boards are available including:
IOB800 (8 in/8 out) expansion board
TUD800 German Transmission Unit
The FIM includes two connections to the RBUS one for the
local user interface and one for connecting up to 15
remote addresses in the form of up to 2 x operator control
modules (OCM800) or up to 15 multi-purpose modules
(MPM800).
The FIM provides 3 configurable external serial ports :
Port 1 Local printer
Port 2 Configuration PC or remote
diagnostics and upload/download
modem
Port 3 FSI open protocol or Network
card/gateway (TLI-800 or MX-FIL)
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Consumption:
557.202.000
Relay Outputs:
Monitored inputs:
RBUS:
Serial Ports:
Local I/O Expansion:
25H x 105W x 196D mm

156g
119mA (Quiescent excluding loops and
operator interface)
169mA (Alarm)
30Vdc @ 2A
10k Ohm EOL, 3KHz in parallel
RS-485 , default 19.6kB, up
to 1200m
RS232C, 19.6kB, up to 10m
Up to 2 modules, up to 24
`I/O, max. 300mm
557.202.001
542.000
542.001
557.180.053
FIM801 field interface module

MX loop driver UK
MX loop drivers UK
MX loop driver EUROPE
MX loop drivers EUROPE
MX RBUS Driver chip (spare)
with one
with two
with one
with two
Page 17
MX FIM800
FIM800 Field Interface Module

Features
MX XLM800
MX Digital Loop Protocol

Extensive Loop Protection
Interfaced to FIM 800 module
MX Loop Expansion Module

The XLM800 Loop Expansion Module fits piggyback style
onto the FIM or an existing XLM 800 and is used to:
Expand the capability of the MX4000 C.I.E. two loop
system to eight loops
Replace the FIM loops in case of a failure on either a two
or four loop system.
The XLM800 Loop Expansion Module controls the

communications between the detectors (and other
ancillaries) connected on the 2-wire loop circuits and the
controller. In addition, the addressable interface contains
line isolation circuits which protect the loop driver circuit
from short-circuit conditions.
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Battery Requirements:
UK
EUROPE
557.202.007
542.007
XLM-MX Two Loop MX Digital Expansion Card
Page 18
17.5H x 104W x 196Dmm

Standby 104.3mA+loop current
Alarm105.3mA + loop current
Loop Current 495mA maximum

Features
Drives up to 80 I/O points
Direct Interface to Zonal Displays and other
Modules
Interfaces to FIM Board
The MPM800 is used to provide various expansion

capabilities via the remote bus (RBUS). The MPM800 is
provided as a standalone module but is also incorporated
into the circuitry of the OCM800 operator control module to
drive the LCD display, LEDs, keyswitch and keys on the
OCM800 and the operator display module. The OCM800
and MPM800 have an XBUS which can be used to drive
up to 80 I/O. The MPM800 also has a printer interface for
connecting to a serial or parallel printer.
An additional printer driver kit is required to allow the
MPM800 to drive a printer - a serial isolation module
should be used to eliminate earth fault indications caused
by some mains connected printers.
Up to 15 x MPM modules can be connected to each panel

of which 8 can be in the form of OCM800 (including the
main OCM800 user interface). One OCM800 can also be in
the form of an emulated user interface on a remote PC
connected via the network or dial up modem.
The following I/O and LED annunciator modules can be
slaved from an MPM800:
Up to 5 x IOB800 (8 in/8 out expansion board)

Up to 5 x XIOM800 (16 way universal I/O board)
One Mimic Panel (80 way LED mimic driver PCB)
One 80 way ANN880 LED mimic**
One 40 way ANN840 LED mimic using red
& yellow LEDs**
Two 20 way COM820 LED status/command modules**
The MPM800 is mounted by plugging directly onto the
back of those items marked **
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Supply:
Power Consumption:
UK
EUROPE
557.202.012
542.012
MPM800 multi-purpose interface module
557.202.117
542.009
Serial printer cable for MPM800 or FIM800
557.180.052
572.039
Serial Printer Driver Kit
Communications:
Printer Connection:
25.4H x 92W x 167.64D mm

98g
24Vdc (from PSB or PSM800)
35mA (Quiescent)
68mA Alarm subject to I/O
modules fitted
RS-485, up to 19.6kB
Serial or Parallel
Page 19
MX MPM800
MPM800 Multi Purpose Interface Module

Features
MX Power Supply Units
Universal Input Voltage

Temperature Compensated
Full Fault Monitoring
PSM800 and PSB800 Power Supplies

The MX power PSU800 and PBS800 supply module used
for the MX/ZX Range of fire controllers based on the
designer housing (not MX2) is a state-of-the-art integrated
switch mode system power supply and battery charger,
which can provide up to 5A external and auxiliary loop
power during alarm conditions. It has a universal input
allowing operation from 100 to 255 Va.c., 50 or 60 Hz. The
power supply is approved worldwide to EN54, UL864 and
Marine standards.
The charging voltage is temperature compensated. The
PSM recharges the batteries within 24 h for the following
timings:
90h stand by time and 15 min. alarm condition
72h stand by time and 30min. alarm condition
The power supply provides full condition and fault
monitoring to the system via the FIM (used by the PSB800)
or addressable power supply monitor APM800 (used by the
PSM800). The PSB800 incorporates the LBM800 booster
module to provide the correct voltage levels to maximise
the performance of the MX DIGITAL protocol.
Faults signals (Loss of AC, Battery charger fault, Battery

fault) and control inputs (Battery test, Output reset) are
provided. Battery voltage and charger current readings are
also provided to the FIM or APM for automatic battery
testing.
Screw terminals provide 2 x 24V outputs (24 V stabilised,
24V stabilised with reset control) and one 5V output.
The power supply is fitted in a steel cage with mounting
points to allow any of the following boards to be mounted:
APM800 addressable power supply monitor
FB800 fuse board with 15 x 24Vdc fused spurs
IOB800 input/output expansion board
A PSB 800K Power Expansion Kit is required to power the
XLM 800 pcb on 4 loop systems which require the
extended loop power capability. It consists of a PSM800
power supply module, an APM 800 addressable monitor
module, a battery connecting cable and an XLM800 to
APM800 connecting cable and may be fitted onto the
chassis plate in the battery housing.
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Weight:
Input Voltage:
UK
EUROPE
557.200.014
542.088
MXAPSU17 Boxed Addressable PSU (17Ah)
557.200.015
542.089
MXAPSU38 Boxed Addressable PSU (38Ah)
Input Current:
Max. charge current :
50H x 114W x 190D mm

0.9Kg
120-240 Vrms, 50/60Hz
(Auto ranging)
0.8-1.6ARMS Rated Load
Up to 3.8A (dependant on
standby current)
Max. battery size

(24hr charge):
38Ah
Max. total supply current: 5A@24Vdc
Maximum external current:4A@24Vdc
Output Voltages:
24Vdc
(22.8 -26.4V)
Non-resettable:
24Vdc @ 4A
Resettable:
24Vdc @ 4A
5Vdc @ 3A
Power Consumption:
PSB - 90mA
(quiescent & alarm)
PSM - 65mA
(quiescent & alarm)
Page 20
Options
557.202.003
542.003
PSM800 Power Supply Only
557.202.403
NA
PSM800M Marine approved power supply
557.202.005
542.005
PSB800 Panel Power Supply c/w Loop Booster
557.202.405
NA
PSB800M Marine Panel Power Supply (spare)
557.202.027
572.018
APM800 Addressable Power Supply Monitor
557.202.050
NA
PSM800 Temp. Sensor Accessory kit
557.202.040
542.045
PSB800K Power Expansion kit
557.202.043
PSB800MK Marine Power Expansion kit.
557.202.004
LBM800 Spare Loop Voltage Booster PCB

Features
Universal Input Voltage
Temperature Compensated
Full Fault Monitoring
The MX PSM820 and PSB820 power supply modules for

MX2 Panels is a state-of-the-art integrated switch mode
system power supply and battery charger, which can
provide up to 5A external and auxiliary loop power during
alarm conditions. It has a universal input allowing
operation from 100 to 255 Va.c., 50 or 60 Hz.
The charging voltage is temperature compensated. The
PSM recharges the batteries within 24 h for the following
timings:
90h stand by time and 15 min. alarm condition
72h stand by time and 30min. alarm condition
Faults signals (Loss of AC, Battery charger fault, Battery

fault) and control inputs (Battery test, Output reset) are
provided. Battery voltage and charger current readings are
also provided to the FIM or APM for automatic battery
testing.
Screw terminals provide 2 x 24V outputs (24 V stabilised,
24V stabilised with reset control) and one 5V output.
The power supply is fitted in a steel cage with mounting
points to allow any of the following boards to be mounted:
APM800 addressable power supply monitor
FB800 fuse board with 15 x 24Vdc fused spurs
IOB800 input/output expansion board
The power supply provides full condition and fault

monitoring to the system via the FIM (used by the PSB820)
or addressable power supply monitor APM800 (used by
the PSM820). The PSB820 incorporates the LBM800
booster module to provide the correct voltage levels to
maximise the performance of the MX DIGITAL protocol.
The MX2 Dual Power Supply Kit is required to power the

XLM 800 pcb on 4 loop systems which require the
extended loop power capability. It consists of a PSM820
power supply module, an APM 800 addressable monitor
module, a battery connecting cable and an XLM800 to
APM800 connecting cable and may be fitted onto the MX2
controller housing.
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Weight:
Input Voltage:
557.202.203
557.202.202
557.202.027
Input Current:
Max. charge current:
63H x 132W x 231D mm

1.5Kg
120-240 Vrms, 50/60Hz
(Auto ranging)
0.8-2RMS Rated Load
Up to 3.8A (dependant on
standby current)
557.202.050
557.201.209
557.201.210
PSM820 Power Supply Only

PSB820 Power Supply c/w Loop Booster
APM800 Addressable Power Supply
Monitor
PSM800 Temp. Sensor Accessory Kit
MX2 Dual Power Supply Kit
Dual Power Supply Mounting KIt
Max. battery size

(24hr charge):
38Ah
Max. total supply current: 5A@24Vdc
Maximum external current:4A@24Vdc
Output Voltages:
24Vdc
(22.8 -27.3V)
Non-resettable:
24Vdc @ 2A
Resettable:
24Vdc @ 2A
5Vdc @ 3A
Power Consumption:
PSB - 90mA
(quiescent & alarm)
PSM - 90mA
(quiescent & alarm)
Page 21
MX2 Power Supply Units
MX2 PSM820 and PSB820 Power Supplies

FB800 Fuse Board
MX Panel I/O Boards
The FB800 fuse board provides

terminations for 15 fused 24Vdc
output spurs from a single 24V d.c.
input. The FB800 is designed to be
normally mounted on the PSB800 or
PSM800 power supply. The fuses
are rated at 500mA.
Product Code
Dimensions:
80D mm
Weight:
Input:
5%)
Output:
500mA
Terminations:
UK
EUROPE
557.202.100
542.064
FB800 fuse board (15 way)
93H x165W x
149g
24Vdc (+10%/15 x 24V d.c /
2.5mm
IOB Input/Output Expansion Board

The IOB800 is an LPCB & Vds
approved* board that provides 8
opto-isolated digital inputs and 8 x
24V d.c. relay outputs for providing
I/O expansion capabilities to MX
detection panels for interfacing to
other subsystems and signalling
devices. The IOB800 also
incorporates a connector, which
provides decoded signals for the 8
inputs and 8 outputs for specialist
interfacing.
The IOB800 can be used to provide
expansion I/O to the following MX
panel components:
. FIM801/802 field interface
modules (maximum 24 I/O
8IN/16OUT)
. OCM800 operator control
modules (maximum 80 I/O)
. MPM800 multi-purpose interface
(maximum 80 I/O)
The IOB800 can be mounted in the

top of a battery box or repeater.
The IOB800 has two expansion bus
connectors which allow them to be
daisy chained together.
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
557.202.006
542.006
IOB800 Expansion Board and cables
Dimensions:
15H X 164W X
80D mm
Weight:
153g
Power Consumption: 29mA
(Quiescent)
65mA
(Maximum)
Terminations:
1.5mm

The TUD800 is a VdS approved*
input/output module specifically
designed for interfacing the
ZETTLER EXPERT panels to the
German Fire Brigade equipment.
The TUD800 takes the place of an
IOB800 when used and is typically
mounted in the deep
battery/expansion box.
Dimensions:
15H x 164W x
80D mm
Weight:
153g
(Quiescent)
65mA (Alarm)
Product Code
EUROPE
542.010
MX-FIL Filnet Gateway

The Filnet Gateway is an EN54 Vds
approved network gateway which
allows up to 64 MX Panels to be
networked onto a secure LON based
FILNET Network.
The MX-FIL Gateway can be
mounted in the designer battery box
on the chassis plate or the inside of
the modular housing.
Dimensions:
135H x 280W x 35D mm
Weight (Approx):
330g
Serial interfaces (electr. isolated):
No. Interfaces:
1
Parameters (coding plugs):
RS 232 / 422 / 485
Baud Rates:
Programmable
LON-interface (incl. NIF):
No. Interfaces:
2
Parameter FTT
10 transceiver
Baud Rate:
78 kbit/s
Voltage Supply:
From control panel or external PS:
0V / +24Vdc
Monitoring with XPSUMB:
0V / +5V /
+24Vdc
Page 22
Power Consumption:
External interface
gateway type:
80 mA
Digital Outputs
(short circuit proof):
Number of open
collector outputs:
8
Current limitation:
50 mA
Digital Inputs (overvolt. prot):
Number of electr.
isolated inputs:
8
Series resistance to the opto-coupler
LED 4.7 kohm
Input voltage range 5 - 28 V
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
557.202.025
542.025
MX-FIL Filnet Gateway

MX Panel User Interface Modules
Flexible range of operator interfaces, zonal alarm & fault displays, and input/output modules.
Slide in legends available in various languages.
MX OCM800
Features
Changeable Legends
Fully programmable
Optional I/O Via R-Bus
OCM800 Operator Control Module

The OCM800 is utilised by all MX detection panels and full
function repeaters to provide mandatory operator control
and LED indication functions to comply with EN54:pt.2 and
UL864. The OCM800 is fully programmable but operates in
default configurations according to the software template
used.
Most software templates allow several of the LEDs and
control buttons to be programmed for site-specific
functions. The LEDs and control buttons both have slide in
legends to suit the default configurations and language.
Standard panels include the appropriate legends for their
relevant markets.
The OCM800 incorporates the functionality of an MPM800,
which allows it to drive an operator display module to
provide a complete panel user interface.
In addition the OCM800 can drive up to 80 inputs/outputs

using one of the following modules.
The following I/O and LED annunciator modules can be
slaved from an MPM800:
Up to 5 x IOB800 (8 in/8 out LPCB/VdS approved
. expansion board)
Up to 5 x XIOM (16 way universal I/O board)
One Mimic Panel (80 way LED mimic driver PCB)
One 80 way ANN880 LED mimic
One 40 way ANN840 LED mimic using red & yellow
LEDs
Two 20 way COM820 LED status/command modules
Up to 2 x OCM800 units can be connected to an MX panel
via the internal or external RBus communication port.
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Consumption:
557.202.013
542.014
557.202.101
557.202.051
557.202.055
557.202.056
557.202.057
557.202.058
557.202.061
557.202.063
557.202.064
557.202.065
557.202.066
557.202.067
Control Buttons:
Indication LEDs:
Communications:
Expansion Bus:
Legends for LPCB
modules:
Legends for VdS

modules:
50H x 232W x 133D mm

0.272Kg
35mA (Quiescent)
36mA (Lamp test)
81mA (Alarm)
7
18
RS-485: RBus Default
9.2Kb
MINERVA/TFX X-Bus and
MX X-Bus
UK/English,
Marine,
Dutch,
Italian
OCM800 with Minerva MX Inserts

OCM800 with Zettler Expert Inserts
Danish OCM Firemans Keyswitch Assembly
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Hungarian(PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Swiss/Italian (PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Swiss/German(PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Swiss/French(PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Belgian/French(PK10)
MX-ZX OCM800 Inserts - Polish (PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Spanish (PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Dutch (PK10)
MX/ZX OCM 800 Inserts - Italian (PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Portuguese (PK10)
MX/ZX OCM 800 Inserts - UL (PK10)
German,
Spanish,
Portuguse
Page 23

Features
MX ODM800
0-9 alpha-numeric phone style keypad

Up and down scroll keys
Five function keys
ODM800 Operator Display Module

The ODM800 operator display module provides a powerful
and flexible 40 x 16 character backlit LCD display used by
all MX detection panels and full function repeaters. The
ODM800 is used with the OCM800 to provide a fully
compliant and approved user interface for UL and EN54
fire detection panels.
The ODM800 is powered and controlled by the OCM800
operator control module and provides various functions
according to the panel software. Standard EN54 panels
use the LCD display as five windows on the system.

Window 1-Details of first detector in alarm
Window 2-Details of the most recent detector in alarm
Window 3-System Status including Alarm/Fault and Isolate
counters
Window 4-Full alarm/event details and lists including 95
character procedure plus full password controlled system
manager, service and engineering menu structure
Window 5-Function key legends (eg. Back, Enter, >>,<<)
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Consumption:
UK
EUROPE
557.202.019
542.019
ODM800 operator display module
557.202.103
Danish ODM 800
25H x 232W x 133D mm

0.361Kg
50mA (Quiescent)
900mA (Alarm Backlit)
50mA (Alarm during mains
failure)
OCM800 to IOB800 Connection Details
OCM800 TO IOB800 CONNECTION DETAILS
Page 24

ANN840 LED Annunciator
Dimensions:
25H x 232W x 133D mm
Weight:
177g
Power
Consumption:
1mA + MPM800
(Quiescent)
85mA + MPM800 (25%
zones in alarm (Alarm))
340mA +MPM800 (Lamp
test)
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
557.202.021
542.021
ANN840 LED annunciator
ANN880 LED Annunciator

The ANN880 is a standard LED
annunciator user interface module,
which can be driven from an
OCM800 or an MPM800. The
MPM800 can be mounted remotely
or piggy-backed on the ANN880.
The ANN880 has 80 red LEDs
numbered 1 to 80. The functionality
is programmed in the MX detection
panel but is defaulted to zone alarm
LEDs.
Dimensions:
25H x 232W x 133D mm
Weight:
177g
Power Consumption:
1mA + MPM800
(Quiescent)
85mA +MPM800 (25%
zones in alarm (Alarm))
340mA + MPM800 (Lamp
test)
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
557.202.022
542.022
ANN880 LED annunciator
The COM820 is a standard user

interface module, which can be
driven from an OCM800 or an
MPM800. The MPM800 can be
mounted remotely or piggybacked on the COM820. The
COM820 has removable legends for
20 status command functions. Each
function includes a command button
and a red status LED. The
functionality is programmed in the
MX detection panel. Typical
applications include:
. Manual/OFF/Auto/Isolate
functions for evacuation or plant
control
. Selective isolate and evacuate
functions for firemans control
. Selective plant shutdown and
override functions
. Selective system delay and timer
functions
2 can be driven from 1 x MPM800.
Dimensions:
25H x 232W x 133D mm
Weight:
204g
Power Consumption:
0.267mA (Quiescent - No
LEDs)
5mA (Alarm - 25% LEDs)
21mA (Lamp test)
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
557.202.020
542.020
COM820 Status/Command Module
The 80-Way Mimic allows custommade display and presentation

panels to be incorporated in the
MINERVA MX addressable system.
It is supplied as a single PCB, which
may be mounted in an expansion
box or on the rear of a free-standing
panel, as required. It may be used to
drive up to 80 zonal LED indicators,
arranged in any configuration,
together with two FIRE LEDs, one
FAULT LED and one ISOLATE LED.
These indicators can operate in the
same manner as the corresponding
indicators on the panel.
A remote Mimic can be connected to
the MPM800s configured as remote
Mimic drivers via the remote bus. Up
to 15 MPM800s may be connected

on to the remote bus, each with a
unique address [set on-board]. The
Mimic includes audible and visible
warning facilities.
Product Code
557.180.005
MINERVA 80 way mimic driver
module
COM820 Status Command Module - 20 Way
Remote Mimics
Dimensions:
235H x
190Wmm
Operating Temp:
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp:
-20C to +65C
Relative Humidity:
Up to 95% RH
NonCondensing
(Quiescent) 200mA (25% Alarm)
800mA (Lamp Test)
Page 25
MX Zonal Displays
The ANN840 is a standard LED

annunciator user interface module
which can be driven from an
OCM800 or an MPM800. The
MPM800 can be mounted remotely
or piggy-backed on the ANN840.
The ANN840 has removable legends
for 40 zone status indicators. Each
zone can indicate RED (eg. Alarm)
and YELLOW (eg. Fault & Isolate).
The functionality is programmed in
the MX detection panel.
The ANN840 operates as 80 outputs
(RED & YELLOW).

Features
XIOM I/O Module
16 I/Ps or 16 O/Ps or 8 I/P + 8 O/P

5 per MPM800 (80 I/O points)
Fully configurable in MX consys
Input/Output Expansion Cards (XIOM)

The XIOM is a 16 universal input/output expansion board.
The I/O on the XIOM can be set in banks of 8 to operate
as follows:
LED driver outputs (10mA source)

Relay Driver Outputs (100mA sink)
Voltage Monitor Input (8 - 30Vdc Normal)
Volt Free Contact inputs
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Operating Temp:
Storage Temp:
Relative Humidity:
Power Consumption:
557.180.016
Page 26
144H x 85W x 15D mm

-10 to +65C
-20 to +65C
95% RH (Non-Condensing)
11mA (Quiescent)
16in - 80mA (Max)
16out - 160mA (Max)
XIOM MINERVA Input/Output Expansion Module

(16 Way)

Desktop Printer
Cable feed recess
Epson LQ standard terminal
emulation available
Parallel and serial interface
The PRN800 Printer Kit is designed

for use with the designer range of
MX Controllers (MX1000, MX4000
and T2000). It is fitted to the front
cover of the MX battery housing and
is powered from the PSB 800 power
supply via an FB800 fuseboard in
the MX Controller housing.
High quality printing: 384 dots.

32 Columns
Friction paper feed
Dimensions:
159H x 366W x
275D mm
Weight:
4.4kg
Operating Temp.:
5C to 35C
Storage Temp.:
-15C to 40C
Relative Humidity:
10% to 80%
RH [non-condensing]
Operating Voltage: 180V to
264Va.c.
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
557.180.239
MINERVA printer LQ-300+
557.180.220
LQ 300+ Printer Ribbon (spare)
557.202.117
542.009
MX FIM/MPM to serial printer lead
In-Built Printer
Features
A thermal printer mechanism
which ensures high reliability.
Quiet Operation
Lightweight and Compact Design
High Speed Printing: 40mm per
second.
Dimensions: 230H x 137W x 85D
mm
Weight: 0.38Kg
Operating Temp:
+5C to +45C
Storage Temp:
-20C to +70C
Relative Humidity: Up to 80% noncondensing
EMC: 61000-6-3 for emissions
BS EN 50082-1 for immunity
Product Code
UK
Europe
557.202.024
542.024
PRN 800 Printer c/w front cover
module
557.301.014
Spare Paper Roll (pk of 5)
Remote LCD Display

The Remote LCD Repeater Module
is designed to provide an
independent scrolling log of system
status at numerous points within a
building or site. The module
interfaces directly to a serial printer
port of the MX addressable fire
panel. If a local printer is already
connected to the Panels MPM800
serial port, a second MPM800 must
be used.
Features
Uses a backlit 4x20 character
alphanumeric display.
Provides an internal log of up to
330 events.
Provides internal audible warning
of an event.
Allows the event log to be
scrolled.
Local internal buzzer silence.
Connects to host panels RS232
port (maximum cable length
between panels and first repeater
of 15m).
Provides an external sounder to
mimic the internal buzzer.
Can be connected to an
unlimited number of other LCD
Repeaters by using the
RS232/RS422 converter (Up to
1200m between repeaters).
The LCD repeater must not be

used in the primary fire path. It
must not be used as the sole
warning that a fire exists.
Dimensions:
150H x 200W x 75D mm
Material:
Bayblend
polycarbonate/ABS alloy
Operating Temp:
-10 C to +55 C
Relative Humidity:
Up to 95% RH
Non-Condensing
Power Supply:
200mA
@24Vdc
Ext. Sounder Relay: 500mA@24Vdc
EMC:
Product Family Standard EN50130-4
in respect of Conducted
Disturbances, Radiated Immunity,
Electrostatic Discharge, Fast
Transients and Slow High Energy.
EN61000-6-3 -1 for Emissions.
Product Code
557.200.030
Remote LCD Repeater MKII
(compatible with Version 4.1 and
above for UK/UL/Marine/Western
European Countries)
557.202.118
MX Download Lead
557.180.152
9-Way gender changer
557.180.151
RS232/422 converter for LCD
Repeaters.
Page 27
MX Printers
The printer is designed as a low

cost business printer ideally suited
for mounting adjacent to the fire
control panel.The LQ-300+
combines high performance with
paper handling flexibility and quiet
operation.
Features
300 cps draft/ 90cps LQ.
Quiet operation
Lightweight and compact design
9 LQ fonts
2 paper feed paths
Convertible push/pull tractor
Paper guide
Auto loading
Paper park

Features
Pagers & MX Spares
The pagers: Display messages sent out by the MX as displayed

on the MX LCD
Internal log of up to 40 events
Audible and/or vibrate warning of event
Allows the event log to be displayed
The transmitter: Connects using a 9 way D type MX interface lead to MX
printer port
Pager Interface
The MX pager system is designed to provide a facility to
signal all text messages or alarm/fault messages from a
local transmitter to the pagers.
The Type A alarm pager can display alarm/fault messages.

The Type B maintenance pager displays all messages sent
by the fire controller.
The transmitter connects to the serial printer port of an

MPM800, if a local printer is connected to the controllers
MPM800 serial port, a second MPM800 must be used. The
pager system requires a +12V d.c. connection (from a
remote psu) and a serial port connection. If the transmitter
needs to be located further than 2 m from the MX Panel,
then a non-standard serial printer cable may be used, up to
a maximum distance of 14m.
CAUTION: Before any installation is carried out, an on site

radio paging license must be obtained by the customer.
Care should be taken when designing pager systems.
Normal practice indicates that a site survey should be done.
Contact Product Management for additional advice on site
surveys.
Product Codes
Dimensions:
System operating
voltage:
Effective radiated
power:
Frequency range:
Channel spacing:
TX baud rate:
Type approval
557.200.029
577.002.002
577.002.003
577.002.007
328H x 190W x 75D mm

12 to 13.8Vdc
500mW
50-470 MHz
25KHz
512 or 1200
ETS 300 224, MPT1383 Cert No.
13249, EC type approved to ETS
300 682 Approval No. 13331
577.002.008
659.001.022
Pager Transmitter
Type A alarm pager
Type A maintenance pager
Pager aerial 60 db gain up to 1km (c/w
mounting bracket)
Optional feeder cable (10m long)
Elmdene 12V 1A PSU in Housing
Manual - Vol17A-2-Pager
Cables and Other Modules

Product Codes
UK
EUROPE
557.201.300
542.047
BFP801 Spare blank user interface module designer
housing blanking plate
557.202.116
542.008
FIM Modem lead
557.201.305
542.052
Designer door complete with hinges and brackets does
not include blanking plates
557.201.301
Standard MX Panel designer backbox and chassis plate
557.203.005
542.031
Set of spare keys for MX Panel
Page 28
557.180.209
Keyswitch assembly for use with MX2 controllers (spare)
557.180.208
MX2 Spare Keys
557.201.302
542.049
Deep MX Designer backbox and chassis plate
557.201.306
542.053
Standard MX Expansion backbox and chassis plate
557.201.310
542.079
Deep MX Expansion backbox and chassis plate
557.202.113
PSB to FIM Cable

MX Addressable Input/Output Modules
Tyco MX TECHNOLOGY provides a large range of addressable ancillary devices which can be programmed and
tested with the MX SERVICE tool. The first group of modules to be made available are shown in detail in this
section. Other modules including intrinsically safe devices, multiple input/output devices, emergency telephone and
the MX addressable voice evacuation amplifiers and ancillaries will follow later.
APM800 Addressable Power Supply Monitor

EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN50081- 1 &
EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
24H x 127W x
57D mm
Weight:
0.794Kg
Quiescent Current: 0.1mA
(APM800 - 1 from loop)
0.3mA (from
PSU)
Alarm Current:
0.1mA
(APM800 - 1 from loop)
0.3mA (from
PSU)
Product Code
557.202.027
APM800 addressable power supply
monitor (UK)
572.018
APM800 addressable power supply
monitor (EUROPE)
MIM800 Mini-Input Module (EU)

The MIM800 is a small MX
addressable module designed for
monitoring a single input circuit. The
MIM800 can monitor normally open
or normally closed inputs and
provides open and short circuit
monitoring of the line. The MIM800 is
designed for fitting in small devices
such as flow switches, special
detection devices and explosion
proof callpoints. A variant of the
MIM800 is used in all callpoints and
pullstations.
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN500811 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
13H x 48W x 57D mm
Weight:
100g
Alarm Current:
0.25mA
(without LED)
EOL resistor:
Monitor Resistor:
2.5mA (with
LED)
200 Ohm
100 Ohm
Product Code
555.800.001
MIM800 mini-input module (UK)
572.016
MIM800 (E) mini-input module
(EUROPE)
CIM800 Contact Input Module (EKU)

The CIM800 is a flexible addressable
input-monitoring device that fits in the
standard ancillary housings. The
CIM800 provides two inputs to
current MX panels though this can be
implemented as two separately wired
spurs (Style B) or as a loop (Style A).
Both spur and loop input wiring can
be configured to monitor normally
open or normally closed inputs. In
addition both can be configured to
initiate an alarm or short circuit fault
message in the event of a short circuit
on normally open monitoring circuits.
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN500811 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
14H x 148W x 87D mm
Weight:
100g
Quiescent Current: 300A
Alarm Current:
3mA
EOL & monitor resistor: 10k Ohms
Product Code
555.800.002
CIM800 contact input monitor (UK)
572.017
CIM800 (EK) contact input monitor
(EUROPE)
555.800.032
CIM 800 Module c/w Front Cover
(UK)
572.020
CIM 800 Module in isolated D800
housing (EUROPE)
Series , S100 Series, H Series,

S231F, S231F+, CP200, Series
600Compatible Zettler detectors:
M613 Series.
7.5mA (from ext. supply)

Alarm Current:
0.1mA (from
loop)
50mA (from
ext. supply)
Product Code
555.800.012
DIM800 detector input monitor (UK)
562.011
DIM800 (ADK) detector input monitor
(EUROPE)
555.800.042
DIM 800 Module c/w front cover
(UK)
562.012
DIM800 Module in isolated D800
housing (EUROPE)
DIM800 Detector Input Module (ADK)

The DIM800 is designed to power
and monitor a circuit of low voltage
conventional detectors and
callpoints. The detection circuit is
powered from an external 24V d.c.
supply and is reset by the MX
addressable panel. The DIM800
monitors the external 24V d.c. and
provides a fault signal if it is lost. The
input detection circuit can be wired
as one or two spur circuits (Class B),
one loop configured circuit (Class A)
or one 4 wire detection circuit.The
DIM800 is designed to be
compatible with most conventional
detection products. Compatibility
has been tested to date on the
following products: Compatible
Thorn detectors: M300 Series , M601
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN500811 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to
+70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
14H x 148W x
87D mm
Weight:
100g
Quiescent Current: 0.1mA (from
loop)
Page 29
MX Addressable Modules
The APM800 is an MX addressable

power supply monitoring module
which is usually used with the
PSM800/820 power supply module
to make an addressable power
supply. The APM800 is designed to
fix to studs on the top of the
PSM800/820 The APM800 monitors
the PSM800/820 for mains failure,
earth fault, battery charger fault and
battery fault. It can reset the
PSM800/820 resettable 24Vdc output
and initiate a battery test which then
reports battery voltage and current to
the controller.
LIM800 Line Isolator Module

The LIM800 Ancillary Line Isolator
Module is designed to be used on all
MX addressable loops. It monitors
the line condition and upon
detection of a short circuit it isolates
the affected section whilst allowing
the rest of the addressable loop to
function normally. The LIM800
Ancillary Line Isolator Module
ensures that on a looped
addressable system a short circuit
fault cannot disable more detection
devices than would be lost on a
conventional non-addressable
system in accordance with BS5839
Part 1.
EMC/RFI: Equal or exceeds
EN61000-6-3 & EN50130-4
Operating Temperature: -25C to
+70C
Relative Humidity: Up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions: 14H x 148W x 87D mm
Weight: 100g
Standby 80A Max
Tripped 3.5mA Max
Product Codes
545.800.004
LIM800 Ancillary Line Isolator
Module UK
572.054
Module EUROPE
545.800.033
Module c/w front cover UK
572.055
Module in Isolated D800 Housing
EUROPE
active, and shows a yellow LED

when the timer is counting down. To
provide a warning that the delay is
nearly over, the red LED and the
buzzer will pulse 5 minutes before
the end of the delay .
The TM520 requires a separate 24V
DC supply to operate. The module is
not addressable and will therefore
not take an address on the loop.
Powered:
24Vdc
Temperature Range: -10C to +70C
Operating Humidity: <95% RH
Dimensions:
87H x148W x
14D mm
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds 61000-6-3 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20C to +70C
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
14H x 148W x
87D mm
Weight:
100g
Alarm Current:
3mA
Ident. Value:
180
Product Codes
572.015
LAV800 VdS extinguishing interface
EUROPE
572.025
LAV800 Module in isolated D800
housing EUROPE
EMC/RFI:
Product Family standard EN50130-4
in respect of Conducted
Disturbances, Radiated Immunity,
Electrostatic Discharge, Fast
Transients and Slow High Energy.
61000-6-3for Emissions.
Operating Temperature: -25C to +
70C
Relative Humidity:
Up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
14H x 148W x
87D mm
Weight:
105g
Alarm Current:
3mA
EOL Resister:
3k3
Product Codes
555.800.063
SIO800 Single Input/Output Module
(compatible with Version 2.1 and
above)
555.800.064
c/w Front Cover (compatible with
Version 2.1 and above)
TM520 Timer Module

The TM520 provides an output that
can be activated based on a delay
time. If either the key-switch on the
module is activated, or a predefined
event within the control panel occurs
then a timed delay (set between 10
minutes and 2 hours 10 minutes) is
started. When the delay reaches zero
the TM520 output is activated. The
unit sounds an internal buzzer and
shows a red LED when the output is
Product Code
557.180.423
TM520 timer module - non
addressable
LAV800 VdS Extinguishing Interface

The LAV800 provides an MX
addressable standard VdS
extinguishing interface in a standard
MX ancillary size package.

The SIO800 Single Input/Output
Module is designed to provide a
monitored input and a volt free relay
changeover output. It consists of an
input for monitoring the status of a
normally open contact and a single
changeover relay contact. The relay
is controlled by a command sent
from the Minerva MX Fire Controller
via the addressable loop.
The state of the relay
(activated,deactivated or
stuck) is reported to the Minerva MX
Fire Controller. The LED may be
turned ON or OFF by the controller
during a relay activated condition.
Page 30

RIM800 Relay Interface Module
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN61000.6.3& EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
noncondensing
Dimensions:
14H x 148W x
87D mm
Weight:
100g
Alarm Current:
3mA
Relay contacts:
2A @ 24V d.c.
Product Codes
568.800.003
RIM800 relay interface module (UK)
572.007
RIM800 relay interface module
(EUROPE)
568.800.033
RIM 800 Module C/W Front Cover
(UK)
572.021
RIM800 Module in isolated D800
housing (EUROPE)
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN61000.6.3 &
EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
noncondensing
Dimensions:
26.5H x 42W x
74D mm
Relay Contacts:
Up to 10A @
250Va.c.
Product Codes
568.800.004
HVR800 high voltage relay (UK)
568.800.034
HVR800 in isolated D800 housing
(UK)
572.008
HVR800 high voltage relay
(EUROPE)
572.022
HVR800 in isolated D800 housing
(EUROPE)
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN61000.6.3
& EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
noncondensing
Dimensions:
14H x 148W x
87D mm
Weight:
100g
Alarm Current:
3mA
Output rating:
2A @ 24V d.c.
EOL resistor:
27k 1/2W
Product Codes
577.800.005
SNM800 sounder notification module
(UK)
572.009
SNM800 sounder notification module
(EUROPE)
577.800.035
SNM800 Module c/w Front cover
(UK)
572.023
SNM800 Module isolated D800
housing (EUROPE)
Dimensions:
572.014
LPS800 Loop Powered Sounder
module (EUROPE)
577.800.041
LPS800 Module c/w front cover (UK)
572.027
LPS800 Module in isolated D800
housing (EUROPE)
HVR800 High Voltage Relay Module

The HVR800 module is a
non-addressable device which
allows a low current mains rated
relay to switch up to 10A.
Alternatively a low voltage drive
signal such as that provided by
the RIM800 or 80 way mimic can
be used to switch the integral mains
relay via the opto-isolated input.
SNM800 Sounder Notification Module

The SNM800 is a remote
addressable sounder circuit output
device capable of switching sounder
and speaker circuits up to 2A @ 24V
d.c. or provide a monitored output
facility for other applications. These
can be used in addition to the two
circuits provided as standard on
most MX detection panels.
The SNM800 can support sounder
circuits wired as a spur (Class B
Style Y) or in a loop configuration
(Class A Style Z).
The SNM800 can be configured with
a RIM800 to provide a secure
monitored extinguishing release
solenoid control.
LPS800 Loop Powered Sounder Module

The LPS800 provides a single
monitored sounder output circuit
with up to 75mA of power sourced
from the MX panel.
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN61000.6.31
& EN50130-4
Operating Temp:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non- condensing
Weight:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
Output rating:
14H x 148W x
87D mm
100g
0.93mA
Up to 75mA
continuous
75mA @ 24V
d.c. max
Product Codes
577.800.011
LPS800 Loop Powered Sounder
module (UK)
NOTE: Each MX Digital Loop can

provide up to 495mA for LPS800,
801SB AND 802SB.
Relative Humidity:
non-condensing
Dimensions:
Product Codes
577.001.023
SB520 Sounder Booster Module
(UK)
572.012
(EUROPE)
577.001.033
SB520 Module c/w Front Cover (UK)
572.024
SB520 Module in isolated D800
housing (EUROPE)

The SB520 sounder booster module
enables the SNM800 to drive circuits
with higher currents whilst
maintaining the reverse polarity
integrity line monitoring.
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN61000.6.31
& EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Weight:
Output rating:
up to 95% RH
14H x 148W x
87D mm
100g
15A @ 24V
d.c./10A Max.
per terminal
Non addressable
Page 31
The RIM800 provides a single

programmable relay output from the
MX DIGITAL addressable loop which
can be programmed for a variety of
applications including signalling fire
conditions to plant, machinery, fire
doors, dampers & security systems.
The RIM800 relay coil is monitored.
The RIM800 relay contact is rated for
2A @ 24V d.c. but can be used to
switch mains voltage when used with
the HVR800. This unit has two optoisolated terminals specifically for
driving the HVR800.
BDM800 Beam Detector Module - Loop Powered

The BDM800 Beam Detector Module
is designed to interface the FIRERAY
50R or the 100R reflective beam
detector to the MX Digital
Addressable Loop. The BDM800
provides power from the loop,
monitors the Fire and Fault outputs
of the detector and also monitors
inter-connections for open and short
circuit faults. The BDM800 can also
be used with the FIRERAY 2000
active infrared beam detector.
Supplied fitted in a standard double
gang ancillary housing, the BDM800
greatly simplifies the wiring normally
associated with beam detection.
The considerable cost of providing
local power supplies that satisfy the
stringent requirements of BS5839
part 1 is eliminated.
Features
Power Beam detectors directly
from the MX Digital loop
Reduced wiring and installation
costs
Monitors beam detector for fire
and fault
Inter-connection monitored for
open and short circuit faults
LPCB and VdS approved (pend
ing)
Can be installed to BS5839 part 1
2002
On board LED indicates polling
and active
Use with reflective beams
FIRERAY 50R or 100R for greater
savings on installation
Compatible with FIRERAY 2000
beam detector
Optional BTM800 beam terminal
tion module to further simplify
installation
Product Code
555.800.066
BDM800 Beam
Detector Module c/w Cover UK
562.015
BDM 800
Beam Detector Module Housed in
D800 Housing Europe
cover and has all the connections

and components required to
minimise installation time.
Features
Simplifies the wiring between
Beam detector and BDM800
Allows BDM800 to be sited up to
40m from the beam detector
Product Code
555.800.067
BTM800 Beam Terminal Module c/w
Cover UK
562.017
BTM 800 Beam termination module
housed in D800 Housing Europe
Inputs monitored for open or

short circuit faults.
STYLE B (short circuit gives an
alarm) or STYLE C (short circuit
gives a fault) selectable for inputs
Provides four digital outputs
All four outputs can drive a selfpowered high voltage relay HVR800
Two outputs have both volt free
change over contacts and HVR
Drivers.
Boxed: 124.5 x 166.5 x 84.5mm

Weight:
Module 70g
Boxed 271g
Powered from addressable loop:
Standby current: 0.7mA
Alarm current: 6.25mA
Operating Temperature
-25C to + 70C
Storage Temperature
-40C to +80C
Operating Humidity
Up to 95% non-condensing
Dimensions (HWD):
Module 72 x 110 x 18mm
Product Code
555.800.065
Multi I/O Module
557.201.401
D800 Ancillary Housing
557.201.303
Din Rail Mounting Kit
BTM Beam Termination Module

In many cases it will be necessary to
site the BDM800 Beam Detector
Module some distance from the
beam detector itself. To minimise
and simplify wiring in such cases an
optional unit, the BTM800 beam
termination module is available. The
BTM800 is also housed in a
standard double gang ancillary
MIO800 Multi-Input Output Module

The MIO800 is a general purpose
interface module for use with MX
technologyTM fire detection systems.
It allows multiple input and output
connections to be made between
external equipment and the MX
Digital loop. Three input and four
outputs are provided. Each input
and output can be programmed
independently using the MX Consys
configuration tool to provide
customised functionality.
An IP55 rated D800 style housing is
used as the standard enclosure
with the option of a DIN-rail
mounting kit for in-cabinet
installations.
Features
Normally open or normally closed
inputs
Page 32
Relay Contact Rating

DC - 2A @ 24V dc

MX Ancillary Housings
A variety of ancillary housings are available to fit the 800 Series MX ancillaries. The standard sized modules are
mechanically compatible with all options. LPCB approvals are with the M520 double gang cover plate or ancillary
housings. VdS certification is with the Zettler ancillary box and ancillary housings. The M520 double gang cover
provides external access for the MX SERVICE TOOL to plug into the ancillary module which is mounted in the cover.
All options allow the ancillary to be programmed and tested when the cover is removed.
M520
M520 Ancillary cover for use with
800 modules. Will fit onto a MK style
double gang back box.
Ancillary Housings
Product Code
517.035.007
M520 Ancillary Cover
D800
D800 IP55 ancillary housing
140W x 120H x 70D incorporates
window to view module LED
Product Code
557.201.401
D800 IP55 Ancillary Housing
ANC-3 Ancillary Housing

ANC-3 MINERVA ancillary
housing - for use with M800 ancillary
modules (can accommodate up to 3
M800 modules).
Product Codes
557.180.097.A
ADT Branded
557.180.097.T
Thorn Branded
557.180.097.Y
Tyco Branded
ANC-8 Ancillary Housing

ANC-8 MINERVA ancillary
housing - for use with M800 ancillary
modules, houses 8 modules,
expandable to 16 using the STK8
stacking kit.
Product Codes
UK
557.180.096.A
ADT Branded
557.180.096.T
Thorn Branded
557.180.096.Y
Tyco Branded
EUROPE
572.034
STK-8 MINERVA ancillary stacking kit

for use with ANC-8 ancillary housing
557.180.095
572.036
STK8 stacking kit
Page 33

QFB/2
QFB/2 Dry lining flush mount (for
plasterboard etc) MK backbox for
use with M520 or 800 Series
addressable ancillaries using
517.035.007 cover.
Product Code
517.035.015
QFB/2 Dry lining flush mount
K2214 ALM Metal surface mount MK

backbox for use wilt M520 or 800
Series addressable ancillaries suing
517.035.007 cover. Includes 7 x
20mm knockouts
Product Code
517.035.011
K2214 ALM Metal Surface Mount MK
backbox
MK K2142 White plastic surface

mount MK backbox for use with
M520 or 800 Series addressable
ancillaries using 517.035.007 cover.
Product Code
517.035.010
MX K2142 White plastic surface
mount
8621C Steel flush mount MK backbox

for use with M520 or 800 Series
addressable ancillaries using
517.035.007 cover with knockouts.
Product Code
Standard Back Boxes
K2214 ALM
MK K2142
8621C
517.035.014
8621C Steel Flush Mount MK

Backbox
Product Code
517.035.011
517.035.010
517.035.014
517.035.015
Page 34
MK Ref
K2214
K2142
MK862/K
QFB/2
Mounting
Surface
Surface
Flush
Flush/
Dry Lining
Dimensions
146x86x40mm
146x86x34mm
132x72x26mm
146x85x38mm
Knockouts
1x20mm rear/7x20mm sides
One rear (25x35mm)
4x20mm rear/12x20mm sides
2 top & bottom
Earth Screw Material

Yes
Steel
N/A
Plastic
Yes
Steel
N/A
Plastic

Features
Colour coded for Easy Loop Identification
Space for Zonal Label
Strong Adhesive Backing
Detectors have a special address flag for carrying the

address labels - detailed in the detector section. For other
devices or on detectors where zone information is also
required a series of address labels are available.
Numbered 1 to 250, the address labels are available in 8
different colours to distinguish between different loops. In

addition small zone labels can be fixed to the address
labels.
Product Codes
Zone Labels
599.047.011
599.047.012
599.047.013
599.047.014
599.047.015
599.047.016
599.047.018
599.047.019
599.047.020
599.047.021
599.047.022
599.047.023
599.047.024
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Address Labels
599.047.030
599.047.031
599.047.032
599.047.033
599.047.005
599.047.006
599.047.007
599.047.008
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Labels
Labels
Labels
Labels
Labels
Labels
Labels
Labels
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 - 16
17 - 32
33 - 48
49 - 64
65 - 80
81 - 100
101 - 120
121 - 140
141 - 160
161 - 180
181 - 200
201 - 220
221 - 240
250
250
250
250
127
127
127
127
Loop
Loop
Loop
Loop
Loop
Loop
Loop
Loop
A - White
B - Yellow
C - Purple
D - Green
E - Grey
F - Blue
G - Orange
H - Red
Page 35
Module Address Labels
Callpoint & Ancillary Address Labels

Programming and Service Tools
The Tyco MX Service Tool is an esssential commissioning and servicing tool, providing diagnostic & programming
functions.
MX Service Tool
Features
Read/write the detector/ancillary address

Display date of manufacture and commissioning
Display serial number
Display temperature/ CO levels / smoke obscuration
Programming of the LED
Testing the detector remote LED and control outputs
Perform the detector self verification test function
Displaying detector dirtiness level
Controlling ancillary outputs
Reading ancillary statuses
Power management options
MX Service Tool
Product Codes
The TYCO MX SERVICE tool is a powerful and flexible tool

for assistance in the installation, commissioning,
diagnostics and service of Tyco MX detection systems. The
MX SERVICE tool allows all MX addressable devices to be
interrogated, tested and programmed.
516.800.918
516.800.922
Suitable for desktop or single handed operation the MX

SERVICE tool is battery operated using standard
rechargeable batteries. An accessory pack provides
alternative straps, and cigarette lighter adaptor. The MX
Service tool has a finite life time after which the software
must be recharged by an MX authorised administrator.
516.800.924
516.800.926
516.800.927
516.800.929
572.006
572.030
801AP MX SERVICE tool English

Spare ancillary programming lead English
801AP MX SERVICE tool German
Spare ancillary programming leadGerman
Pack of Spare Pins (Pk 10)
MX Service Tool PMS Dongle Parallel
MX Service Tool PMS Dongle (USB)
PMS Programming Lead
Features
Compact
Organises Tools
Sturdy Construction Protects Tools
MX Service Accessory Kit
Product Codes
A carry case which contains the following items:Car Lighter Adapter

Shoulder Strap
516.800.923
572.032
This provides space for the following:801AP MX Service Tool

Ancillary Programming Lead
Mains Charger
Page 36
MX SERVICE accessory kit - UK

MX SERVICE accessory kit - German

MX TechnologySoftware - Advanced Software
Applications for the MX Digital Fire Alarm System
MXConsys - The highly flexible and extremely powerful programming tool that has been used successfully with MX
since day one. Specially designed for MX, it is being constantly extended and improved to meet ever changing
demands
The demands on users in terms of experience and training

are considerably reduced. MXDesigner is a sophisticated
engineering design tool that not only ensures system
parameters and design rules are obeyed but are key to the
ordering and documentation processes. Battery
calculations, loop loading calculations, remote bus
parameters, system schematics and parts lists are all
included. The extensive use of graphics and 'drag and
drop' techniques makes the system easy and quick to use.
In addition, a design module for the intrinsically safe
MXDigital detectors and associated system 800
components is included. Available for free download from
the Tyco Fire and Security Website. MXFlow - If you have
ever been involved in the configuration process for a
complex 'cause and effect' programme, you will appreciate
the benefits of an automated method of documenting your

work. MXFlow does just that; it takes your MXConsys 'event
action' and transcribes it into a graphical format that is
comprehensive and easy to follow. It can be a valuable
commissioning tool that saves time and effort as well as an
easily understood form of documentation for future service
use. Available for free download from the Tyco Fire and
Security Website to authorised personnel. MXRemote Remote communications software provides a fast and
efficient means of diagnosis without anyone having to leave
the office.
In situations where access to a site may be difficult or
where an attending technician requires high level
assistance then MXRemote is the tool for the job. Using
modems, MXRemote can 'dial-up' the MX Digital fire system
and once connected, becomes an integral part of the fire
system, acting as a fully functional repeater. All system
functions are then available to the MXRemote operator.
Available for free download from the Tyco Fire and Security
Website but requires a dongle and license to operate.
Features
Windows based
Programs the system across multiple sub-panels
Downloads to the system from one point
Supports remote dial in capability
Provides Firmware download as well as configuration
download
Dongle protected
Provides full project configuration printouts. Includes MX
consys express
MX Consys
MX CONSYS is a powerful Windows programming tool
which provides full system programming functions and
project configuration and issue control. MX CONSYS is
used on MINERVA MX, MX2,T2000, ZETTLER EXPERT
panels.
It also supports automatic data transfer to MX GRAPH,

graphical mimic and alarm management systems. MX
CONSYS is available under document control from
authorised personnel in the Tyco businesses.
Product Codes
UK
EUROPE
557.203.001
MX CONSYS Dongle and license (parallel)
557.203.003
MX CONSYS Dongle and license (USB)
557.202.118
542.011
MX CONSYS Download lead
Page 37
MX Configuration Software
Incorporated into MXConsys is MXConsys-Express - An

alternative approach to system configuration that simplifies
the programming effort by automating many of the
processes. Its heart lies in a number of pre-defined
templates that have been expertly designed to match a
selection of building types.

Features
MX Remote and Democase
Facilitates remote diagnostics

Display identical to panel view
Remote Assistance
MX Remote
MX REMOTE is a Windows based software tool for remote
service and support of MX detection panels. MX REMOTE
provides a full function fire panel repeater running on a PC
either locally or over dial up telephone lines. Providing the
operator has the correct passwords MX REMOTE allows all
operator, manager, service and engineer functions available
at the panel to be provided at the PC.
This allows the customer or the Tyco service organisation

to provide remote assistance, service and limited
configuration assistance to the installation.
MX REMOTE is available as a stand-alone software
application for Tyco service operations. Alternatively Tyco
Safety Products are able to provide consultancy and
assistance in implementing MX REMOTE as an integrated
part of a central station and service centre system.
Product Codes
557.203.002
557.203.004
557.202.036
MX Remote dongle and license (parallel)

MX Remote Dongle and license (USB)
MX Remote modem (BABT)
542.036
557.202.116
24Vdc MX Remote Modem (EU)

MX-FIM Modem Lead
Features
Ideal Sales Aid
Suitable for Post Sales Training
MX Democase
An MX Panel, 801CH Detector, 801PH Detector, LEDs and
Switches mounted in a carry case and pre-configured with
demo software.
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Input Voltage:
557.200.901
Page 38
360H x 600W x 290D mm

120-250VAC 50/60 Hz
MX Demo Case

Features
Available in PAL or NTSC
Details products features
Well presented
Product Codes
PSV001
PSV008
PSV009
PSV010
Carbon Monoxide Low Profile detector English PAL format

Tyco MX Technology - English PAL
format
Tyco MX Technology - English NTSC
format
Tyco MX Technology - German PAL
format
PSV011
PSV012
PSV013
PBMX01
PBMX01E
Tyco MX Technology - Dutch PAL format

Tyco MX Technology - Spanish PAL format
Tyco MX Technology - Spanish NTSC format
Tyco MX Technology Brochure - English version
Tyco MX Technology Brochure - Spanish version
Page 39
MX Sales Aids
Sales Tools Video and Brochure

MX Graph/MX Net
MXGraph is a fully integrated graphical and text user interface for use with MINERVA MX, MX2, ZETTLER EXPERT
and MINERVA T2000 fire panels. MXNet allows up to 98 MX panels to be networked together to provide a seamless
peer to peer system.
MX Graph
Features
Combined text and graphics display on a single PC
Connected to MXNet, a single system can be used to
monitor up to 98 MX fire controllers
Designed for touch screen operation
Simple operator controls, no Qwerty keypad required
High resolution colour display
Three level automatic zoom sequence available for each
point
Overview map maintains a view of wider areas whilst
zooming into detail in the graphics window
Procedure window provides additional text and operator
instructions for each event
Classification of events helps to maintain a record of
activation and the causes
Browse icons placed on maps can be used to pan across
an installation in a logical sequence
MX Graph
Whether the installation uses a single sub-panel or up to
99 networked sub-panels, MXGraph provides a seamless
integrated graphical mimic with full alarm management
and panel control capability.
MXGraph has been designed with clear displays and
simple controls which can be quickly and easily
understood by an operator rather than an engineer. The
system is designed to be used with a touch screen or
mouse and does not require the use of a Qwerty
keyboard.
Using the secure acknowledged transfer of events, up to
three MXGraph systems can be used to monitor up to 96
MX controllers connected to an MXNet.
MXGraph uses a unique configuration tool GRAB-IT,
(Graphical, AutoCad, Bitmap, Information, Transfer) to
automatically configure the system. Installation plans,
device type and location, flood fill areas, flood fill locations,
zoom areas and zoom magnifications are all imported
from AutoCad.
This configuration tool significantly reduces configuration

time, increases the integrity of information and enables
simple updates to the system in the future.
MXGraph can be connected to up to 98 networked MX fire
panels using the LPCB approved MXNet. MXGraph will
also be available for use with up to 64 MX fire panels
networked using the LON based VdS approved FILNET.
MX net will support up to 5 fully operational MXGraph user
interfaces on a network plus additional units operating as
graphical mimics. MXGraph consists of a standard
personal computer, that is linked onto the MXNet via a
TLI-800 network interface module. MXGraph is primarily
operated by either mouse or touch screen.
For an up to date specification of the latest approved PC
platform, contact the Fire Product Manager.
MXGraph is functionally similar to Thorngraph. For full
details of upgrade paths contact the Fire Product Manager.
Product Codes
508.020.007
508.020.015
557.203.007
Page 40
Compatibility tested PC for MX &

ThornGraph graphics terminal preloaded
and configured with default passwords
17 LCD Flat Panel Touchscreen
USB to RS232 converter for touch
screen monitor
508.020.201
508.020.202
508.020.203
508.020.204
Software package A for 1 network node

Software package B for 2-5 network
nodes
Software package C for 6 or more
network nodes
Software package D for additional
graphics nodes on the same MXNet

MX Graph contd
Additional Features
Control icons placed on maps can be used to initiate
actions at the MX fire controller, used to operate
ancillaries such as HVAC
Automatic configuration using the GRAB-IT tool,
including Cad drawings, text messages, locations,
flood fills and zoom areas
Full password protection and multiple operator levels

Remote control of MX fire controller across the
network
Real time on line event management and historic
information system
User designed search keys can be used to generate
specific and useful reports
Available in English, Dutch and Spanish
MX Graph
MXGraph Typical Arrangement
Max distance between

nodes is 3000m using
twisted/shielded pair
cable

MICC cable
TLI800
Network
Interface
TLO530
TLO530
Fibre
Interface
Fibre
Interface
fibre optic cable
Page 41

Features
MX Graph
Integral Touchscreen & PC

Wall Mountable
Adjustable wall mount
Wall Mountable PC with Integral 12.1 Touchscreen

Compatibility tested industrial style PC with integral 12.1
LCD touch screen available with optional adjustable wall
mount.
Versions available for 240 Vac or 24Vdc supply. Unit

comes pre-loaded with Windows 2000 operation system
but is not preconfigured with MXGraph.
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Weight:
Input Voltage:
508.020.020
508.020.021
508.020.022
Input Current:
Operating Temp:
Humidity:
Page 42
375W x 285.5H x 104.4D mm

5.2kg
240 Vac Version - 100-250Vac
24Vdc Version - 18-56 Vdc
7A at 24Vdc
0C to 45C
10 to 95% RH Non condensing
Wall Mountable PC 240 Vac

Wall Mountable PC 24 Vdc
Adjustable Wall Mount Bracket

Features
MXNet
MXNet provides a true peer to peer communications
interface for up to 99, MINERVA MX, ZETTLER EXPERT or
MINERVA T2000 fire controllers in any combination and the
MXGraph, graphical user interfaces. The units can be interconnected into a large network without the need for a host
or master controller. MXNet is based upon a combination of
hardware and software that allows MX fire controllers
(Nodes) to be linked together.
Additional Features
Automatic network re-configuration when a previously
failed node is restored to the network.
Up to 3,000 metres between nodes with
twisted/shielded cable.
System will operate on standard 2 core MICC.
MX controllers may be grouped into sub-nets where
each panel is programmed to inter-act only with other
selected controllers.
Plug-in module (TLI-800) easily connects an MX fire
controller to the network.
Data is re-generated at each MX controller and is sent
out over the MXNet as new clean data. All degradation
in received data due to noise on a line, line attenuation,
or phase shifting is eliminated when the data is regenerated.
The MXNet supports up to 99,000 analogue/addressable

points and over 49,000 digital I/0 points. The network coordinates and distributes alarm annunciation and
supervises system operation. When connected to the
network, each MX Fire controller maintains its full standalone features, functions and capabilities.
See separate documentation for full details of MX-FILNET,
VdS approved networking alternative to MXNet.
The MXNet uses a token-passing, non collision

communication protocol for data transmission.
"Network zones" and "sectors" allow the network
controllers to be configured as a single "seamless"
system.
MXGraph, a P.C. based graphical user interface,
connects directly on to the network.
MXNet supports combinations of MICC,
twisted/shielded pair cabling, fibre optic cabling, and
dedicated telephone line.
Multiple communication topologies bus or ring.
Page 43
MX Net
LPCB approved
A peer to peer network that does not use a host or
master controller.
99 nodes, 99,000 points, 23,760 zone capacity.
Bi-directional signaling.
Open/short circuit isolation.
Events originating at any node can be used as an input
to event/action processing of other panels to co-ordinate
and distribute systems control.
System can be configured in the field using MX Consys
software.
Failure of one node does not affect any other node or
communications between nodes. In the event of multiple
failures, nodes will automatically re-generate into
independent fully functional networks.
MX Network Cards
TLI-800
The key hardware component that
makes the network possible is the
LPCB & UL approved network card
TLI-800. The TLI-800 provides the
electrical/mechanical means to
connect the components of the
network to local and remote
network signalling circuits.
Installation of the TLI-800 is
simplified with an edge connector
that plugs onto the main processor
board of the MX controller. The TLI800 provides RS-485
communications over a twisted
shielded pair as a standard
configuration.
The distance between controllers

can reach 3,000 metres at a speed
of 38.4 Kbs using 18AWG twisted
shielded cable.
It fits within the MX panel housing.
Later versions of the MX Panel
software will be compatible with
ThornNet and TFXNet. This uses the
TLI/TLK530 network or the TLI-800
with different firmware.
Product Codes
557.202.026
TLI-800 MXNet network node
interface module
557.200.038
TLI-800G ThornNet interface for
MXGraph PC c/w 240V PSU and
housing
557.180.219
MXGraph PC to TLK-530-G & TLI800G connection cable
NOTE: TLK-530 and TLK530-G can
be upgraded to TLI-800 and TLI800G with a firmware change.
The Fibre Optics Module (TLO-530)

is used to interface one fibre optic
channel to the TLI-800 module. The
TLO - 530 fibre optic interface
module converts RS-485 digital data
current pulses from the TLI-800
network interface module to light
pulses. The light pulses are then
carried over fibre optic cabling to
another TLO-530 where the pulses
are converted back to RS-485 digital
data current pulses. Two TLO-530
modules are required per panel for
redundant path star connections
and when using fibre optics in both

directions of ring and bus
connections. Two (2) type 62.5/125
fibres between controllers (4 fibres
when using redundant path star
connections) allow the interface to
transmit signals at 38.4 Kbs at
distances as high as 4,000 metres
between controllers.
Up to two units can be fitted into a
TLO/TLD Housing which has a
chassis plate to accommodate the
units.
Dimensions:
210H x 130W x
30D mm
Weight:
460g
Input Voltage:
24Vdc
The Telephone Line Drive Module

(TLD-530) is used to interface two
(2) dedicated telephone line circuits
to the TLI-800 module. The TLD-530
line driver module converts the RS485 signals received from the TLI800 network interface module to
signals capable of being transmitted
over the telephone line circuits.
One TLI-800 supports two channels
so only one module is required per
controller for both single path and
redundant path star connections.
The interface allows for field
configured baud rates and supports
distances of up 3,000 metres. Up to
two units can be fitted into a
TLO/TLD Housing.
Dimensions:
170H x 120W x
20D mm
Weight:
140g
Product Codes
557.180.699
TLD 530 ThornNet/MXNet direct line
driver PCB
557.180.148.A
TLO/TLD Housing - ADT branded
The CCU3/C-MXMB provides a

MODBUS interface to a number of
MX panels on an MXNet. CCU/IO
boards may also be connected to
provide general I/O devices
accessed through the MODBUS
interface.
be used as inputs to the MX. These

contacts are controlled via WRITE
commands to the MODBUS map.
Each CCU/IO also has 8 supervised
inputs whose tatus can be read
from the MODBUS map.
Technical Specifications
Input Voltage
18-30Vdc
Current
150mA at
24Vdc
Dimensions
140 x 105 x
15mm
TLO-530
Product Codes
557.180.700
TLO 530 ThornNet/MXNet fibre
optics interface assembly
557.180.148.A
TLO/TLD Housing - ADT branded
TLD-530
CCU3
The CCU3/C-MXMB connects to MX

panels on the MXNet via a TLI-800
(TPI) interface card using RS232
(PL2 socket). It connects to
MODBUS via either RS232, RS485
(default) or RS422 connection.
Another port allows up to 8 CCU/IO
boards to be connected. Each
CCU/IO has 8 relay outputs that can
Page 44
Product Codes
557.202.046
MX CCU3/C-MXMB
MX to MOD Bus Interface

Features
Facilitates Integration of MX & Minerva Systems
Easy Upgrade Path for MINERVA systems
The MX Minerva bridge enables a mix of Minerva and MX

Panels anywhere on a shared network to operate as an
integrated system.
Housed in either a MXAPSU17 or MXAPSU38 housing, the
MX-Minerva bridge is a translating host converting packets
between the Minerva format and the MX format in both
directions. Flexibility is provided for packet conversion in
the bridge configuration programme.
The bridge comprises of 2 network cards and a translating

host (CCU).
The MX Minerva bridge can be added to one mixed
network using both Minerva and MX Nodes or it can be
connected to span between two physically separated
network rings, one with Minerva nodes and one with MX
nodes.
Product Codes
Size:
557.202.120
557.202.121
Input voltage:
Operating Temp:
EMC/RFI:
320x440x120mm (17A/H)
320x440x215mm (38A/H)
120-250VAC - 50/60Hz
8 to +55C
EN50130-4
MX-Minerva Bridge Kit (17AH)

MX Minerva Bridge Kit (38AH)
Page 45
MX Minerva Bridge
MX Minerva - Bridge

MINERVA Solo Detection Panels
MX Solo provides an entry level addressable panel with a range of available loop protocols supplied with a MX
digital Loop Technology Loop Card. This can be replaced with the universal card to support Nittan and Apollo
protocols.
MX Solo Panel
Features
Single MX DIGITAL loop 8 to 16 zone detection panel

EN54:pt.2 and pt.4 compliant
Auxiliary loop power
MX VIRTUAL detectors
Fully programmable with front panel programming option
Optional integral event printer
2 x 40 Character text display
Pre-alarm functions
Display of temperature, CO and smoke levels
Supports day/night detection modes
Optional full function repeaters
Optional service upgrade universal loop card
Minerva Solo Detection Panels

The MINERVA SOLO use Tyco MX technology to provide
a highly featured yet cost effective fire detection panel.
The MINERVA SOLO is a single loop LPCB approved
EN54 compliant detection panel available in 8 and 16 zone
models.
MINERVA SOLO panels provide a highly featured and fully
approved alternative to conventional detection systems in
small to medium multi-occupancy, commercial and
industrial buildings. The MINERVA SOLO also allows
systems with existing addressable detectors to be

upgraded to the latest panel technology and benefit for the
service and central station monitoring offered by Tyco
companies.
The MINERVA SOLO universal loop card currently
supports the following protocols:
Apollo Series 90, XP95 and Discovery protocols
Nittan AS protocol
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Approx Weight:
Temp. (Storage):
Temp. (Operating):
Humidity:
EMC/RFI:
Shock:
Vibration:
Colour:
UK
EUROPE
557.300.001
MXS 8 Minerva Solo One Loop 8 Zone Panel.
557.300.002
542.094
MXS 16 Minerva Solo One Loop 16 Zone Panel
557.300.005
MXS8 Minerva Solo One Loop 8 Zone Panel (Flush)
557.300.006
MXS16 Minerva Solo One Loop 16 Zone Panel (Flush)
557.301.006
542.106
Minerva Solo MX Loop Card (Spare)
557.301.101
Solo Consys-Configuration Software Key for
MX/Apollo/Nittan Protocol
557.301.012
Programming Lead for connecting a laptop to the Minerva
Solo
557.300.003
MXS 8R Minerva Solo Full Function 8 Zone Repeater
without PSU
557.300.004
542.096
MXS 16R Minerva Solo Full Function 16 Zone Repeater
without PSU
557.301.007.P
MXS Loop Card for use with Apollo protocol
Outputs:
Repeater Bus:
Loop power:
Battery Capacity:
320H x 440W x 120D mm

7Kg (without batteries)
-10 to +55C
-10 to +40C
0 to 95% RH
EN 50130-4
EN54-2
EN54-2
Dawn Grey
(BS4800 10A-03)
5 Monitored outputs
5A@24Vdc
RS485 Max. 1.2Km
Max.16 repeaters
495mA (standard MX loop
card)
Up to 12Ah (internal)
Up to 17Ah (external)
(Contd on next page)
Page 46

Product Codes contd
MX Solo Panel
UK
EUROPE
557.301.007.N
MXS Loop Card for use with Nittan protocol
557.301.005
542.100
MXS/PRN Panel Mount Thermal Printer
557.301.011
MXS CPU to printer lead
557.301.014
Spare paper for Panel Mount Thermal Printer (pk5)
557.301.102
Qwerty Keyboard for programming text descriptions into
Minerva Solo.
542.105
Adaptor for PS2 Keyboard to program text descriptions into
Solo.
542.107
Zettler Solo TU Module
542.108
Spare Key
(1 pair)
Solo Detection Panel System Schematic

Max 1.2Km
220-240Va.c.
24V.d.c.
24 Vdc
Callpoint
MSR Repeater
MXS 8/16
MSR Repeater
Fire output
Fault output
RIM
Sounder 1
CIM
Sounder 2
Aux. output
557.301.005
MSP Printer
MIM
SNM
MX Virtual
Detector
Sounders
557.301.012
Programming Lead
DIM
557.301.102
Keyboard
Callpoint
LIM
ASCII Qwerty Keyboard

Conventional
Detector
Laptop
Page 47
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels
Conventional Fire Alarm Panels - BS5839 and EN54

MINERVA MXC panels are the first products in a whole new family of fire detection and extinguishing controllers for
the high volume, small systems end of the world-wide fire detection market.
MXC Conventional Panel
The product design provides a highly featured, low cost product with features incorporated to reduce installation
costs, simplify connection to central alarm monitoring stations and allow service upgrades of old installations.
Features
Approved to EN54 pt 2 & 4
Operates with Tyco Series 600 LPCB Vds approved
detector ranges
2,4 and 8 zone variants
Tyco 2-Wire sounders on the first 4 detection zones
Supports a plug-in Central Station communicator
Programmable mapping of detection circuits to sounder
circuits.
Installation features
Customised zone text insert
Surface or semi-flush mount
Reversible back-box for top or bottom conduit and cable
entry
Terminations that suit up to 2.5mm2 CSA cable
MINERVA MX Conventional Panels

MINERVA MXC is a range of low cost 2,4, and 8 zone EN54
detection panels incorporating the following key features

and functions.
Power Supply
The power supply is designed to comply with the latest
standards (EN54pt4) as well as providing full battery backup capabilities. A re-settable power output enables beam
detectors and other devices to be powered and be reset
from the panel.
Up to 72 hours standby plus 30 minutes alarm
2A PSU/charger with 1.5A available for detectors,
sounders (2x500mA) and auxiliary devices (24V 250mA)
Space for 2 x 7Ah batteries internally
Panel Functions
For normal operation the MXC requires no configuration.
Other typical options can be easily selected on links inside
the controller. An optional advanced programming mode
changes the function of the standard user interface to
allow powerful bell mapping and delay options, which are
only normally found on much higher priced panels.
One Man Weekly test option
One Man Zone and Sounder walk test
Zone Disable (Isolate) functions
Cross zoning/coincidence on Zones 1 & 2
Bell Mapping
Optional Sounder delays
Optional reset on auxiliary 24V
Inputs and Outputs
The Detection circuits support 2-Stage alarm, Alert and
Evacuate, which can be used for different sounder
responses. Whilst auxiliary inputs allow school class
change to be configured to existing installations, signalling
faults to be monitored and non-latching alarms from
landlord systems to be implemented.
Detection circuits monitored for detector removal
Tyco 2-Wire sounders can be installed on the detection
zones 1 to 4
Two stage alarms Alert and Evacuate
Class change input (output follow input)
Non-latching alarm input
Page 48
Non-latching fault input

Auxiliary input for signalling fault monitoring
Signalling fire and fault outputs (with optional
.
monitoring/supervision of the connection)
Input/Output Expansion
An optional plug in board provides a host of inputs and
outputs for the most complex applications. Eight zone
panels are fitted with this board and the connections for
4 of the detection zones are made on this board, however,
this board will not expand a two or four zone unit into an
eight zone.
Additional fire and fault relays.
Up to 8 x Zonal Outputs
Optional remote evacuation/silence and reset inputs for
system integration
FIRE BRIGADE (CS) SIGNALLING AND REMOTE
ENGINEERING
Two signalling options are available for UK Central
Stations.
MXC-DIGI
A plug-in digital dialler which fits inside the panel and
provides fire, fire test and fault signalling.
REDCARE STU
This standard ADT RedCARE STU is also compatible with
the MXC panels.
Note: REDCARE is the only LPCB approved signalling
solution for the UK.
MINERVA MXC DEVICES
Branding
MINERVA MXC detection panels are supplied with multiple
tyco business branding for affixing during commissioning
(Tyco, ADT, Wormald, Zettler and Thorn branding).
Detectors and call-points are also available in these
brands.
Approvals
The MXC range complies with EN54 pt 4.

Product Codes
508.030.102
508.030.201
508.030.202
508.030.203
509.030.016
573.013.301
568.001.007
573.013.103
508.030.301
509.030.015
509.030.019
509.030.027
509.030.022
509.030.023
509.030.024
MXC/MXCE spare key (2 off)

MXC Relay Card
Housing Extension (Metal)
Spare MXC 202/204/208 PSU PCB
Spare MXC 104 PSU PCB
Spare MXC 104/202/204/208 Display
PCB
MXC Conventional Panel
509.030.001
509.030.005
MXC104PU UK 4 zone EN54 Control

panel
MXC202PU UK 2 zone Tyco-2 Wire EN54
panel
panel
panel
MXC IOP input/output expander card
MXC-DIGI plug-in Scantronic Minicom
communicator and mounting kit.
MXC/MXCE Zone End of Line Unit (Pk 8)
Fire RedCare STU 24V (Reqs Housing)
Housing for Fire RedCare STU 24V
Fire Test Buzzer and Key Switch
MXC Overlay High Level Programming
Tool
Page 49
CB200 Conventional Panel
Features
Built-in detector removal indication facility

Available in 1 or 2 zone format
One-man test facility
Removable cable entry grommets
Compact and stylish design
Surface or Semi-Flush Mounting
User friendly controls
Ample termination space
Poly carbonate enclosure
Supplied with log book/manual
Complies with EMC and LVD Directives
Class Change Input
CB200 (Conventional Control Panel)

The new CB200 range of conventional fire panels, are low
cost - high quality panels which provide an excellent
product solution to meet the differing needs of todays
diversified marketplace.
The slimline CB200 is specifically intended for use on
simpler, low cost fire alarm installations where it currently
holds a dominant market position.
The CB200 high quality - low cost conventional panel range
is housed in a compact aesthetically appealing
polycarbonate enclosure designed for versatility hence
allowing for surface or semi-flush mounting.
Each panel in this series issimple to install, program and
operate, as reported by satisfied installation engineers and
critical end-users.
Technical Information
The CB 200 conventional fire panel may be supplied in 1 or
2 zone format. All zones and alarm circuits are monitored
for open and short circuit fault conditions with detector
removal facility provided as standard. The cabinet will
house 2 x 12V 2.1 Ah batteries.
Comprehensive user controls, including the ability to isolate
each zone, assist in the prevention of unwanted alarms
during periods of building maintenance or refurbishment. A
slide-in insert is included for clear zone identification.
The cabinet back-box houses only the transformer, thus

providing a virtually empty enclosure for first fix installation.
A steel gland plate, removable plastic grommets and ample
space are designed to assist with cable termination. The
surface-mount electronics motherboard is fitted and
terminated after the first fix installation and finally a terminal
cover completes the panel installation.
CB200 Panel Enhancements
The CB200 panel may be enhanced to provide additional
facilities.
The C1437 alarm module provides the facility to split and
control one alarm input into four independent, fully
monitored alarm output circuits. The C1437 has open &
short circuit fault monitoring on all alarm circuits (complete
with LED indication). Connection between the panel and
the C1437 board is monitored for open and short circuit
faults.
Note
If panel enhancements are required, the enhancement
boards must be ordered complete with suitable
enhancement enclosure and panel. Enhancement boards
and enclosures cannot be ordered as individual
component items.
Panel Dimensions
Height:
Width:
Depth:
245 mm
313 mm
92 mm
Product Codes
2500/383
2500/384
CB200 1 zone conventional control

panel, CE Marked, space for 2Ah
battery set (2 x 12V)
CB200 2 zone conventional control
panel, CE Marked, space for 2 Ah
battery set (2 x 12V)
Panel Enhancement Boards

2500/032
C1437 4 way alarm extender board.
2500/034
C1466 1 x double pole relay board (1A
contacts - PCB only)
Page 50
Enhancement Enclosures
2500/220
Enclosure c/w 1A PSU & space for 4 x
C1437 and 2 x C1466 & 6.2AH battery
set. Cabinet size - 380H x 600W x
210Dmm.
2500/221
C1324 or 4 x C1437 boards. Cabinet size 380H x 600W x 210D mm.
2500/222
C1324 or 4 x C1437 boards. Cabinet size 380H x 600W x 210D mm.

Features
NT100 Conventional Controllers

The range of NT100 panels are state-of-the-art intelligent
fire panels, which provide many of the features normally
only found on more expensive analogue addressable
panels. The range of control panels are LPCB approved
to EN54Pt. 2 and 4 and include many local approval
authorities around the world. The panels are supplied in 8
and 16 zone versions. Each detection zone can support
up to 32 conventional detectors.
Country
U.K.
Spain
Holland
Country
Holland
The user interface is provided through a combination of

LEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display. The LCD
display provides a full customer definable text display of
the alarm or fault condition whilst also displaying zones in
alarm, fault or isolate status. The display also indicates
the outputs that have been activated. Each control panel
can have up to a maximum of 3 repeaters.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF95 NT Fire Control Panels
Standard Fire Control Panel

Standard Fire Repeater Panel
NT108
NT116
NT116R
508.022.008
508.022.016
508.022.038
508.022.019
508.022.010
508.022.018
508.022.044
Fire Panels with Integral Firemans Interface
NTF08
NTF16
508.022.042
508.022.043
Optional Product Codes
Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Supply:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
Operating Temp:
Operating Humidity:
The following product codes include all the optional extras

which can be included as part of your customer.,s
requirements. Additional spare parts are also included.
320H x 430W x150Dmm

6.3kg
198 -264Vac
50mA @ 24Vdc
1A @ 24Vdc
0 to +40C
0-90% RH non-condensing
509.022.001
509.022.008
509.022.011
509.022.013
509.022.021
509.022.033
NT100 Series Spare Commissioning Kit

Included With All Panels
PRN-02 Spare Printer Paper For PRN-01
(Supplied one per pack)
NT100 Spare PSU For NT,NTR & NTF
Variants
NT Flush Mount Bezel Ancillaries
NT/NTR/NTF CPU Board V1.9 Spare
NT/NTR/NTF Display PCB spare
Page 51
NT Conventional Panel
LPCB & ANPI (BOSEC) approved to EN54 Parts 2 and 4

Customer friendly, multi language information on LCD
display/Comprehensive fault diagnostics
8 and 16 zone Panels/4 monitored Relay outputs
Can be used with a wide range of approved detectors
Detector removal monitoring
4 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A
3 programmable auxiliary inputs/One common fault relay
3 levels of alarm discriminations per zone
Internal batteries (up to 12Ah)
Programmable cause and effect/Programmable user
access level/Manned/ unmanned mode
Can interface to intrinsically safe System 601
Optional fireman's interface/Optional printer/Optional
repeater units
Optional I/O expansion board
16 digital outputs or 16 relay output options

NTX-02 16 Way Relay Output Board
NTX-02 16 Way Relay Output Board
(24Vdc@1A) Requires NTX-01
Expansion Board
Product Code
509.022.004
NT Panel Optional Modules
NTX-03 16 Way Digital Output Driver Board

NTX-03 16 Way Digital Output Driver
Board - Requires NTX-01 Expansion
Board
Product Code
509.022.005
PRN-01 Optional Integral Printer

PRN-01 Optional Integral Printer for
use with NT & NTF Controller
Variants
Product Code
509.022.007
NTX-01 4 Way Expansion Board

NTX-01 4 Way Expansion Board Supplied Fitted to the NTF And NTR
Controllers. Also Supports NTX02,03,04 Expansion Boards
Product Code
509.022.003
NTX-04 16 Way Digital Input Board

NTX-04 16 Way Digital Input Board
for use on Special NT Controller
Variants only
Page 52
Product Code
509.022.006

Features
NTR100 Conventional Extinguishing Controllers

The range of NTR gas release panels are state-of-the-art
intelligent panels, which enable a wide variety of gas
release applications to be implemented. The panel is
provided with default settings to suit most INERGEN,
FM200 and CO2 applications and can be programmed to
suit most other gas releasing applications. For compatibility
with latest standards the panel complies with all relevant
parts of EN54 part 2 and 4. The NTR panel is designed to
comply with BS7273 and can be installed to fully comply
with BS5839 Pt 1 and BS6266.
System Operation (Default UK Operation)
Stage 1 - The panel stays in Stage1 Fire Alarm until the fire
or false alarm source is removed and the panel is reset or
Stage 2 ensues.
Stage 2 - The panel stays in Stage 2 for 30 seconds

(adjustable) to provide a Pre-release Warning during which
time the HOLD or ABORT sequences can be initiated.
Stage 3 - The panel remains in Stage 3 Gas Release for the
solenoid firing time or until the release confirmation is
received from the High Pressure Switch.
Stage 4 - The panel remains in the Fire Alarm condition and
indicates the gas released message until the system is
silenced and reset. Failure to receive a release confirmation
will initiate a fault.
The user interface is provided through a combination of
LEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display. The LCD display
provides a full customer definable text display of the alarm
or fault condition whilst also displaying zones in alarm, fault
or isolate status. The display also indicates the outputs that
have been activated.
Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Supply:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
Operating Temp:
Operating Humidity:
The following product codes include all the optional extras which can be
included as part of your customer's requirements. Additional spare parts are
also included.
320H x 430W x 150D mm

6.3kg
198 -264Va.c.
50mA @ 24Vdc
1A @ 24Vdc
0 to +40C
NTR-08
Single Area
508.022.003
508.022.001
508.022.002
509.022.001
Note: The NTR is compatible with the T500 range of ancillaries.
509.022.007
509.022.008
509.022.011
509.022.013
509.022.033
NTR-16
Dual Area
UK
508.022.021
Dutch
Finnish
Swedish
PRN-01 Optional Integral Printer For Use
With All NT Controller Variants
PRN-02 Spare Printer Paper For PRN-01
supplied one per pack.
NT100 Spare PSU For NT,NTR & NTF
Variants
NT Flush Mount Bezel
NT/NTR/NTF Display PCB Spare
Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix

T510
T525
T526
T528
T529
T561
T563
T564
E1
E3
I3
I4
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page 53
NTR Extinguishing Controller
ANPI (BOSEC) Approved/Comprehensive fault diagnostics

display/2 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A
Manual release zone - direct to stage 2
Can be used with a wide range of approved detectors
Detector removal monitoring/Optional Auto/Manual key
switches/Optional remote hold and abort
2 monitored Solenoid circuits/4 monitored Relay outputs
3 programmable auxiliary inputs
One common fault relay/Internal batteries (up to 12Ah)
Programmable cause and effect and user access levels
High and Low pressure monitoring
Initial/Reserve changeover facility/Optional Door Interlock
Optional I/O expansion board
16 digital outputs or 16 relay output options

NTR - Typical Wiring Schematic for Single Area Panels
NTR Extinguishing Controller Schematics
PRESSURE SWITCHES
Typical Extinguishing Gas Release Applications

Extinguishant Schematic Configuration with Extinguishant Solenoid
Extinguishant Schematic Configuration with Pilot Container Solenoid
Extinguishant Initial/Reserve Schematic with Extinguishant Solenoid
Page 54

Features
MXCE Conventional Fire Detection & Extinguishing Controller

The self-contained MXCE panel provides all the required
monitoring and control functions to install a complete fire
detection, alarm and extinguishing system. The MXCE
T550 controller supports 4 detection zones. Coincidence
operation is available as standard on zones 1 and 2.
Zones 3 and 4 can be used for extinguishing (coincidence)
or as independent fire alarm zones.
The exceptionally priced T550 controller is designed as a
feature enhanced, aesthetically modern replacement for
the current, more expensive and heavily dated T530 and
T520 Extinguishing panels. Additionally, the introduction of
2-wire sounder capability (detectors and sounders on the
same 2-wire circuit) to the extinguishing systems market
will achieve significant cost and installation savings.
Installation Features
The MXCE offers flexible mounting arrangements, with
easily removable door, multiple conduit entries and large
terminations, designed specifically for simplified
installation.
Reversible back-box for top or bottom conduit and cable
entry
Surface or semi-flush mount
Terminations that suit up to 2.5mm2 CSA cable
Power Supply
The power supply is designed to comply with the latest
standard (EN54 pt4). The internal mains PSU provides all
power plus charging and monitoring of the 2 x 12V lead
acid batteries (up to 7 Ah).
1.8A PSU/Charger for detection and output loads
Panel battery capacity - 2 x 7Ah batteries
internally
Panel Functions
Coincidence operation zones 1 and 2
Optional coincidence operation on zones 3 and 4
Auto/Manual select
2-wire sounders (on the detection zones)

Configurable release delay and solenoid pulse
Inputs and Outputs
4 zones
First stage sounders (sounder circuit 1 and 2-wire
.
sounders)
Second stage sounders (sounder circuit 2)
Mode-select Auto/Manual input
Extinguishing Disable input
Hold button input
Abort button input
High and low pressure extinguishant monitor inputs
Manual electrical release input
Signalling fault monitor
Fire and fault relays
Mode select/status indication
Mimic inputs (silence/reset/evacuate)
Door interlocks
Status Outputs to external equipment
MXC-DIGI
A uniquely designed plug-in digital dialler which
fits inside the panel and provides fire, fire test and
fault signalling.
Sounders
Each MXCE zone can support up to sixteen Tyco
2-wire sounders, which can be any combination
of Tyco 602SBD sounder base units or wall
mounted Symphoni Sounders.

T510
T525
T526
T528
T529
T561
T563
T564
E1
E3
I3
I4
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Weight:
Temperature:
(Operating)
Mains Voltage:
508.030.502
332w x 240H x 100(mm)

6.8kg (inc 7Ah Batteries)
509.030.005
0to 40C
230 Vac 50HZ
509.030.016
509.030.015
509.030.027
MXCE T550 4 zone conventional

extinguishing controller
MXC-DIGI Plug-in Scantronic Minicom
Communicator and mounting kit.
MXCE Zone End of Line Unit (Pk 8)
MXCE Spare Key (2 off)
Housing Extension (Metal)
Page 55
MXCE Extinguishing Controller
Operates with Tyco 600 Series Conventional Detectors

All zones support Tyco 2-wire sounders
T550 supports up to 3 x T563 or T564 remote Status
Indicators
Uniquely supports plug-in Central Station communicator
within the panel unit
Designed to comply with BS7273 and EN54 pts 2 & 4
Can be installed to meet the requirements of BS5839
pt1
MXCE LED display replaces T530 filaments - reduces
associated maintenance and time costs
Aesthetically pleasing design - 332W x 240H x 100Dmm
Prescient II Extinguishing Controller
Features
Suitable for gaseous extinguishing & pre-action
water sprinkling systems/Designed to BS7273 Part 1
Monitored actuator/solenoid release
Comprehensive relay signalling facilities
Easily removable chassis/Single or Double knock
operation/Intrinsically Safe Barrier Settings.
Adjustable pre-discharge delay/Variable discharge
configuration
Membrane facia with tactile switches
1 minute actuator cut off position/Zone isolate features
1st and 2nd Stage Relay Facilities/Metron or Solenoid
compatible/Gas Discharge & Reset Relay Facilities
Option for inhibit silence alarms when gas is imminent
Option for rapid buzzer pulse when gas is imminent
Prescient II (Conventional Extinguishing Controllers)

The prescient range of extinguishant panels is a powerful
yet user-friendly series of control panels. They are
designed and manufactured to a high standard and provide
unrivaled value for money by offering a highly featured
panel at a lower market price.
Each panel in this series has extensive configuration
options but remains simple to install, program and
operate as reported by satisfied installation engineers and
critical end-users.
A comprehensive range of technically detailed, support
documentation relating to commission-ing, operating,
maintenance and fault finding is easily available if required.
In addition, a complete range of compatible accessories is
available to support the series and satisfy most customer
requirements. The prescient range of extinguishing panels
is available in two variants - either as a gaseous
extinguishant panel or a pre-action water sprinkler panel.
Steel parts are finished in a hard-wearing epoxy paint.
Three fully - monitored detection zones are provided. Zones
1 and 2 normally provide first stage and second stage fire
conditions to allow extinguishant discharge (double-knock
zones). Zone 3 is an auxiliary zone for detection only
purposes. Zone 4 is used as a manual release zone.
1A, operate simultaneously upon extinguishant release.

The panel can be operated in either automatic mode or
manual mode. In the manual mode, the detection circuits
will continue to operate, giving first stage alarms and
signals to ancillary equipment, but will not automatically
actuate the extinguishing systems. This mode can only be
overridden by the operation of a manual release unit. On
operation of the manual release, a separate or different
sounder could be activated. In the automatic mode,
following a double knock situation, the release facility will
be activated at the end of the delay time period.
The panel provides a 0.25 A output at 28V DC to operate
interior/ exterior status indicator units. Additional outputs
are also provided for timer held and emergency abort
operated, each rated at 100mA.
Eight normally - open inputs provide for remote evacuate,
silence alarms, system reset, lock-off input, low pressure
input, gas discharged pressure switch input, timer hold
and emergency abort. Clean contact relays are provided
for first stage signalling, second stage signalling, system
reset, common fire, common fault and system discharged.
Please note that in contrast to the T530, the stand alone
abort button feature is not compatible with this panel.
Panels are boxed complete with three-sticker sets allowing
user selection and application on site.
Two fully monitored alarm circuits are provided, each rated

at 1A and may have various configuration options via the
engineers DIL switch settings.
Two fully monitored actuator/solenoid circuits, each rated at
Panel Dimensions
Height: 370mm
Width: 325mm
Depth: 130mm
Product Codes
Prescient II Gaseous Extinguishing Panel
2500/930
Prescient gaseous extinguishing panel 2 extinguishing zones, programmable
coincidence, 1 manual release zone, 1
peripheral zone; space for 7 Ah battery
set (2 x 12V).
Prescient Pre-Action Water Sprinkler Extinguishing Panel
2500/045
Prescient pre-action water sprinkler
extinguishing panel - 2 extinguishing
zones, programmable coincidence, 1
manual release zone, 1 peripheral zone;
space for 7Ah battery set (2 x 12v)
Extinguishing System Extras
2500/119
Status indicator; maximum load - 8 per
panel.
Page 56
2500/120
2500/051
2500/052
2501/025
2501/028
Status indicator complete with manual

release, auto/manual keyswitch, remote
abort and timer hold; maximum load - 3
per panel.
Weatherproof 3 way status indicator;
maximum load - 1 per panel.
Weatherproof 3 way status indicator with
key switch; maximum load - 1 per panel.
Manual release unit.
Weatherproof manual release unit (IP65).

Extinguishing Panel Ancilliaries
T564 Extinguishing System Status Indicator and Mode Select Switch
A four way status indicator and
mode select keyswitch for use with
extinguishing controllers. In addition
to the indications provided on the
T563, the T564 has a mode select
keyswitch and LED indicator to
identify which units initiated the
manual mode.
Product Code
508.030.504
MXCE T564 Indicator Status Unit
with ModeSelect Switch

T510
T564
T563
S1700
Yes
No
No
NTR100
No
Yes
Yes
MXCE
No
Yes
Yes
T563 Extinguishing System Status Indicator

A three way status Indicator for
use with extinguishing controllers
which provides indication of
automatic/manual mode and gas
released. The T563 provides the
following features:-
Clear Visual Indications

Modern Design to compliment all
Interiors
LED Visual Indicators
Compatible with standard UK
single gang
electrical back boxes
Input Power Supply: 24 Vdc nominal
Current Consumption: 30mA per
LED
Dimensions: 86 x 86mm
Product Code
508.030.503
MXCE T563 Indicator Status Unit
T510 Changeover Keyswitch

The T510 is a manual keyswitch
operated unit for use on
extinguishing systems. The unit
allows manual changeover between
MAIN and RESERVE cylinder banks
and includes an OFF position that
disables the operation of the
solenoids. The T510 also provides a
fault relay, which monitors the
solenoid and solenoid wiring. The
T510 is provided with 2 keys.
Input power supply: 24Vdc nominal
Current consumption:Standby 50mA Fault - 15mA Release 65mA
(excluding solenoid)
Fault relay: Changeover contact
1A@30V d.c.
Solenoids: Switched positive for
24V
Dimensions: 196H x 196W x
90Dmm
Weight:
2 Kg
Operating Temp:
-10 to +55oC
Humidity:
up to 95% RH
noncondensing
EMC/RFI:
CE marked
Product Code
526.001.016.T
T510 Extinguishing - Main To
Reserve Changeover Unit - Thorn
branded
Datasheet - Product Code PSF30
T530 Fire Detection & Extinguishing
Systems Control Unit Manual - 18A04-D1 Fire Detection Manual
Extinguishing Door Interlock Ancillaries & T500 Series Spares

A microswitch lock keep can be
used with a deadlock to provide a
signal to the T525 mode select unit
or direct to the panel to ensure that
the extinguishing system is only put
into Automatic mode when the door
is locked shut.
Product Codes
527.001.028
Micro-switch Lock Keep & Backplate For Deadlock
527.001.003
Top Hat Frangible Insert (Spare)
527.001.013
Frangible Washers (Spare)
599.001.012
Lamp 28V 60mA Used On T525

Systems Control Unit
Manual - 18A-04-D1 Fire Detection
Manual
E1
E3
I3
I4
S1700
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTR100
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
MXCE
No
No
No
No
Page 57
Extinguishing Controller Ancillaries
The T564 provides the following

features: Clear Visual Indications
Modern design to compliment
all Interiors
LED Visual Indicators
Removable mode select key to
provide
functional security
Compatible with standard UK
double gang
electrical back boxes
Input Power
Supply:
24Vdc
nominal
Current
Consumption:
30mA
per LED
Dimensions: 86W x 146Hmm

T561 Electrical Manual Release Unit
Extinguishing Controller Ancillaries
A stand alone manual extinguishant

release unit with selectable activation
and end of line resistors making the
T561 compatible with MXCE,
Prescient, System 1700 and NTR
Extinguishing Panels.
Product Code
509.030.117
T561 Extinguishing
Release Manual
Callpoint.

T526
T529
T528
T561
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTR100 Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
MXCE
Yes
Yes
Yes
S1700
Yes
T526 HOLD & T529 ABORT Switch Unit

The T526 and T529 are large
mushroom head robust push
buttons for use on any extinguishing
release system, although integral
resistors are fitted to suit T520, T530
and NTR panels. The switch is
double pole for maximum reliability.
These switches can be surface or
flush mounted using standard UK
style single gang electrical back
boxes.
Operation will vary according to the
panel used. Typically on the T520
and T530 release of gas is held for
as long as the T526 HOLD switch is
depressed. If the switch remains
depressed for more than 4 minutes
in the quiescent mode then a fault
condition is raised. The T529 ABORT
switch will typically revert the system
back to Manual mode.
Dimensions:
71H x 71W x
64D (max) mm
Weight:
100g
Environmental:
Designed for
indoor use
Product Codes
526.001.019
T526 Extinguishing Release Hold
Button Unit - Unbranded
526.001.020
T529 Extinguishing Abort Button Unit
- Unbranded
Systems Control Unit Manual - 18A04-D1 Fire Detection Manual
Dimensions:
71H x 71W x
64D (max) mm
Weight:
100g
Environmental:
IP54
Product Codes
526.001.018
T528 Mechanical Manual
Extinguishing Release Unit Unbranded
527.001.013
Spare Frangible Washers (Pack of
25)
Systems Control Unit
Manual - 18A-04-D1 Fire Detection
T528 Mechanical Manual Release Unit

These manual release units provide
a robust module with a hinged flap
retained by frangible washers which
ensures that there is an audit trail
following a manual release.
The T528 provides access to a pull
handle which can be connected to
the release levers on the gas
containers using wire rope.
Weatherproof Extinguishing Indicator Units

E1 Single Red lamp unit
Single 24V d.c. red lamp labelled
'Extinguishing System Operated'
E3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit

Heavy Duty IP67 Cast Aluminium
Surface Mount Lamp Unit Three
24Vdc lamps:
Red labelled 'Extinguishing System
Operated'
Product Code
540.007.001
E1 Single Red lamp unit
Heavy Duty IP67 Cast Aluminium
Surface Mount Lamp Unit
Amber labelled 'Extinguishing
System Automatic Control'
Green labelled 'Extinguishing System
Manual Control'
I3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit

Sealed IP67 ABS Surface Mount
Lamp Unit
Three 24V d.c. lamps:
Red labelled 'Gas Released'
Amber labelled 'Auto'
Technical Specification Dimensions:
Green labelled 'Manual'
H(mm)
W(mm)
D(mm)
E1
100
100
115
E3
300
100
115
I3
230
75
75
I4
230
75
75
Page 58
Product Code
540.007.002
E3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit
599.001.029
Spare Bulb for E1/E3 24V-5W
Product Codes
540.007.007
I4 lamp unit as I3 including
auto/manual keyswitch
540.007.006
I3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit

Conventional Marine Panels
The range of T1000 panels are state-of-the-art intelligent fire panels, which provide many of the features normally
only found on more expensive analogue addressable panels.
Features
T1000 Marine Fire Controller

The panels are supplied in 8 and 16 zone versions. Each
detection zone can support up to 32 conventional
detectors. The user interface is provided through a
combination of LEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display.
zones in alarm, fault or isolate status. The display also

indicates the outputs that have been activated.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF96 T1000 Intelligent Control
Panels
The LCD display provides a full customer definable text

display of the alarm or fault condition whilst also displaying
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Supply:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
Operating Temp:
Operating Humidity:
508.022.035
320H x 430W x 150D mm

6.3kg
198 -264Va.c.
50mA @ 24Vdc
1Amp @ 24Vdc
0 to +40C
508.022.036
508.022.037

The following product codes include all
the optional extras which can be
included as part of your customer's
requirements. Additional spare parts are
also included.
509.022.001
509.022.003
NT100 4 Way Expansion Board - Support
NTX-02,03,04 Expansion Boards
509.022.004
NT100 16 Way Relay Output Board
(24Vdc@1A) Requires NTX-01 Expansion
Board
509.022.005
NT100 16 Way Digital Output Driver
Board - Requires NTX-01 Expansion
Board
T1008 8 zone marine NT conventional

fire Controller
T1016 16 zone marine NT conventional
fire Controller
T1016R repeater for use with T1008 &
T1016
509.022.010
Spare PSU For T1000
509.022.013
NT Flush Mount Bezel
509.022.015
T1000 Display PCB Spare
509.022.016
T1000 CPU board V1.9 spare
509.022.024
T1000R CPU board V1.9R spare
509.022.018
Class B EMC Modification Kit
Page 59
T1000 Marine Panel
Developed for Vessels with less than 300 Detectors

Approved by all Major Marine Authorities
display/One common fault relay
Comprehensive fault diagnostics
8 and 16 zone Panels
Can be used with a wide range of Minerva Marine
approved Detectors
4 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A
4 monitored Relay outputs
3 programmable auxiliary inputs
Programmable cause and effect
Precept Marine Panel
Features
Lloyds approved to BS5839 part 4, ENV 1 and ENV 2

2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 zone variants
230V/24V dual supply options
A one-man test facility
User-friendly controls
Easily-removable chassis
Membrane facia with tactile switches
Removable cable-entry grommets
Zonal and relay outputs
Non-latching zone 1 feature
Selectable pulsed/continuous sounder outputs
For use with Marine Approved accessories
Precept Marine Fire Controller

This marine approved range is designed and manufactured
to a high standard and approved by Lloyds Register to
BS5839 part 4 and to Marine ENV1 & ENV2.
Each panel in this series offers extensive configuration
options, in combination with simplicity of panel installation,
programming and operation. This is supported by
comprehensive documentation relating to commissioning,
operation, maintenance and fault identification.
The precept marine panel is supplied in 2, 4, 8,16 or 32zone formats. Panels are housed in well-designed
enclosures with partially glazed doors. Steel parts are
finished in durable epoxy paint. The motherboard and
display electronics are fixed to a detachable chassis, thus
facilitating a completely empty enclosure for first fix
installation. The motherboard is microprocessor-based and
includes all of the panels electronics.
Top-entry plastic grommets, bottom-rear entry plastic

grommets (for mains) and rear-entry knockouts are
designed to assist with cable termination. All panels are
designed for use with marine-approved detectors.
All zones are monitored for both open and short circuit fault
conditions. To enable compliance with BS5839 part 1,
active end of line terminators are provided to enable
detector removal to be monitored, whilst maintaining fire
response from the remaining detectors. Two alarm circuits
are provided as standard, monitored for both open and
short circuit faults.
Two changeover relay contacts operate on any fire
condition and latch until reset. One non-latching
changeover relay contact operates on any fault condition.
Zero volt open collector outputs are provided for zonal fire
conditions and common fault. Three normally open inputs
provide for remote evacuate, silence alarms and reset
control.
Product Codes
Precept Marine 230V Panel
2500/774
Precept Marine 2 zone control
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2.
Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x
12V)
2500/775
12V)
2500/776
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1& 2.
12V)
2500/777
12V)
2500/778
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2.
12V)
Precept Marine 24V Panel

2500/755
Precept Marine 2 zone control panel Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2 . Uses
ships own primary & secondary 24V DC
supplies. Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A. battery
set (2 x12V)
2500/756
Precept Marine 4 zone control panel Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2. Uses
supplies. Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A battery
set (2 x 12V).
2500/757
set (2 x 12V).
2500/758
set (2 x 12V).
2500/759
Precept Marine 32 zone control panel Lloyds approved to ENV 1& 2. Uses
supplies.
Panel Dimensions
Size
Page 60
2-4 zones
8-zones
16 zones
32 zones
Height
310mm
370mm
445mm
445mm
Width
290mm
326mm
405mm
810mm
Depth
106mm
106mm
109mm
109mm

T680 Marine Power Change Over Unit
The T680 power changeover unit derives power for the
T880 and T881 control panels. The unit takes primary
power from the ship's AC supply and provides a standby
supply from the ship's 24Vdc system i.e. the unit does not
charge any internal batteries. The T680 unit provides a
smooth changeover from primary to secondary supply and
vice-versa.
It signals main and standby supply failure signals to the

T88x control equipment. It also incorporates a dimming
circuit for the lamps of the controller.
Product Codes
Operating temp:
Storage temp:
Humidity:
Mains Supply:
508.013.016
509.013.026
T680 Marine Change Over Unit
-25C to +70C
-25C to +70C
95% RH non-condensing
120/240Va.c. 20%
at 50/60Hz
Standby Supply:
24Vdc (must not exceed
32Vdc)
The T680 unit is normally mounted onto a bulkhead using
the H frame bracket. A bezel for 19" rack mounting is
available. The housing has two removable gland plates
(top and bottom) for cable access.
Housing is zinc plated 1.6mm thick mild steel to BS 1706
ZN3.
Finish is zinc plated and painted to P.S. 121.121.022.
Dimensions:
267H x 398W x 150D mm
Ingress Protection:
IP53
Weight:
17Kg (with bracket)
13.5Kg (without bracket)
The interface to the control panel is made with a six core

connection. The unit is approved by a variety of marine
authorities.
T680 Power changeover unit

T680 Spares kit
Manual - UHM3 Marine Fire Manual
Page 61

Batteries, PSU and Door Release Units
Sealed Lead Acid Batteries
Extensive range of sealed lead acid (SLA) batteries utilising a robust sealed construction.
Product Codes
PS-610
PS-1230
PS-1270
PS-630
PS-1212
PS-12650
PS-12380
PS-6100
PS-12170
PS-612
PS-12240
PS-1242
PS-12120
PS-1219
PS-640
Product Codes
PS-610
PS-1230
PS-1270
PS-630
PS-1212
Page 62
Voltage (V)
6
12
12
6
12
12
12
6
12
6
12
12
12
12
6
Ah at
20h rate
1.0
3.0
7.0
3.0
1.2
65.0
38.0
10.0
17.0
1.3
24.0
4.5
12.0
1.9
4.5
6 Volt 1.0 Ampere

hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 3.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 7.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
6 Volt 3.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 1.2 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
Length
51
134
151
134
97
348
197
151
181
97
166
90
151
178
70
PS-12650
PS-12380
PS-6100
PS-12170
PS-612
Dimensions (mm)
Width
42
67
65
34
42
167
165
51
76
24
177
70
98
34
47
12 Volt 65.0 Ampere

hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 38.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
6 Volt 10.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 17.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
6 Volt 1.3 Ampere
hour rechargable
sealed lead acid
battery
Height
51
60
94
60
51
178
170
94
167
51
125
101
94
60
102
PS-12240
PS-1242
PS-12120
PS-1219
PS-640
Height including
Terminals
56
66
98
65
54
178
170
98
167
56
125
105
100
68
108
12 Volt 24.0 Ampere

hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 4.5 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 12.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 1.9 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
6 Volt 4.5 Ampere
hour rechargable
sealed lead acid
battery.

Door Release Equipment
Door Release Magnet
Door Release Magnet Set 240Va.c.
Product Code
518.004.004
High quality door release magnet sets complete with

keeper plate.
Product Code
518.004.005
24Vdc
Dimensions:
100H x 100W x 64D mm
Weight:
0.51Kg
Holding Force:
18Kg
240Vac
IP Rating:
IP40
Temp:
-10C to +55C
Current:
60mA
Door Release Equipment
Door Release Magnet Set 24Vdc
Power Supply:
25mA
Door Release Units

Product Code
40-103
Door release unit 24Vdc with keeper
plate
Product Code
40-105
Floor mounting brackets for
40-103/104
Product Code
40-104
Door release unit
240Va.c. with keeper
plate
Technical Specification - Door Release Units

40-103
40-104
Dimensions:
85H x 85W x 46D mm
Armature Dims:
Dia 72mm x 21mm deep
Voltage:
24Vdc
240Va.c.
Hold Force:
17Kg
20Kg
Current:
60mA
20mA
Residual Magnetism: 5%
5%
Door Release Power Supply

The Transformer Rectifier is a dual
purpose, smoothed power supply
providing either an energised or deenergised output upon activation.
The output may be activated by
utilising a set of volt free contacts
from a fire or security panel, or by
providing a 12/24Vdc trigger voltage
from other apparatus. The
transformer rectifier units are
normally used to control the
operation of other 24Vdc equipment
such as the magnetic door retainers.

The units are ideal for applications
where the supply is to be energised
from a remote source.
Product Code
558.004.008
TRR-243 3A Door Release PSU
Input:
240Vac
Output:
24Vdc
3A
Dimensions:
200H x 255W x
100Dmm
Door Release Button

Door Release Button supplied with
surface mount backbox for manual
release of door magnets or DRUs.
Product Code
519.001.008
Door Release button
Page 63

General Power Supply Units
Datasheet - Product Code PSF25 C2400 Series Power Supply Unit
Manual - FSSD-4.1.4.1 Fire Detection Manual
C Range Chargers and Housings
C Range Chargers
The C2400 series power supply
equipment provides primary and
secondary power for fire alarm
systems. The power supply consists
of an AC supply operated charger, a
stand-by sealed lead-acid battery
and an attractive housing. Under
normal conditions, the charger
provides all the system power and
maintains the battery in the charged
condition. When the AC supply fails,
the stand-by battery takes over.
Features
A range of chargers and housings
to suit different system
configurations
May be used with both
conventional and analogue
addressable fire systems
Large aluminium heatsink
eliminates need for unsightly
ventilation grills
Temperature compensated output
ensures correct charging voltage
at all times
Automatic protection for shortcircuit conditions is designed to
prevent damage
Optional voltmeter and ammeter
o
o
Operating Temp:
-20 C to+55 C
o
o
Storage Temp.:
-20 C to+70 C
Relative Humidity:
95% RH noncondensing
Output Voltage:
27Vdc
Type D: 420H x 436W x 210D mm
Holds charger and up to 2
x 38Ah sealed batteries at
24Vdc
Product Codes
558.004.013
Housing Type D complete with
meters
558.004.014
Housing Type D without meters
Type C: 290H x 416W x 160D mm
Holds charger and up to 2
x 12Ah sealed batteries at
24Vdc
Product Codes
558.004.015
Housing Type C complete with
meters
558.004.016
Housing Type C without meters
Product Code
558.004.006
C Range charger 24V 4 Amp
Housing Type D
The housing can be supplied with an
ammeter and voltmeter if required.
An AC supply on indicator is fitted.
Housing Type C
The housing can be supplied with an
ammeter and voltmeter if required.
An AC supply on indicator is fitted.
Page 64
Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors

MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors
The 800 Series are addressable multi-sensor fire, smoke and heat detectors, which can be implemented as several
MX VIRTUAL detectors by the MX detection panel.
Over 20 Fire Detection modes

Tyco MX FASTLOGIC Expert Algorithms
MX HPO detection algorithms
Tyco CO fire detection technology
Up to 250 detectors per loop
Optional bi-directional line isolation with every detector
Remote detector verification & temperature read-out
Highly featured MX SERVICE tool
Programmable Alarm LED with 360 viewing angle
Optional detector locking pin
Variety of sounder and relay detector bases
Address flag stays with the base
Internationally approved
801 and 811 Series Detectors

The 801 and 811 Series are designed and approved to
EN54, the 801 Series carry land based approvals and the
811 Series also carry Marine approvals.
The 812 Series are designed and approved to UL
specifications and the 814 Series to Australian SSL
specifications.
The 800 Series of MX VIRTUAL detectors provide the latest
fire detection technology in an attractive cost effective
package.
Installation & Service Features
The 800 Series MX VIRTUAL detectors include a host of
installation and service features which are provided to
reduce installation and service costs and reduce repair
times.
Standard bases with multiple mounting options
speed and simplify installation
Unique park position for commissioning and service
procedures.
Detector Addressing programmed from the MX
SERVICE Tool or MX Panel
Address flag fixed to the base to prevent mix ups
during service
Compatible with Tyco 600 and 900 Series bases for
easy upgrade
Panel Auto-Config and Self learn functions supported
by the detectors
Detector Service functions allow 800 Series detectors to
be automatically addressed
Full range of remote installation and service tools
Dirty Detector Read-out can be viewed on the MX
SERVICE tool or panel.
Serial Number and Manufacturing data is also available
from the MX SERVICE tool.
The detectors are constructed from hardwearing Fire

Resistant FR110 plastic.
The multi-sensor detectors are environmentally friendly.
They use no radioactive parts and can be returned to the
factory for recycling at the end of their life.
All 800 Series detectors are supplied with integral dust
covers as part of the packaging. Dust covers are retained
throughout installation and removed at commissioning
time.
Unique design of the 801PH optical chamber provides
immunity to thrips and other small insects without the need
for metal gauze.
Construction & Technical Specification

The 800 Series detectors are supplied in an extremely
robust and reliable fully sealed construction, which has All
undergone stringent environmental and Marine type
testing. Electrical contacts are moulded into the plastic to
eliminate any movement.
Page 65
MX Addressable Detectors
Features

Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Consumption:
Loop voltage:
LED:
Material:
Temp. Measurement:
Operating Temp.:
Storage Temp.:
Relative Humidity:
Shock/Vibration/Impact:
Corrosion:
EMC/RFI:
Outputs:
Dia 109mm /43H mm

(54mm with standard base)
0.124kg (Detector only)
0.192kg (Detector/Std Base)
150A (Quiescent)
2 to 5mA (Alarm)
Min. 20.0V/Max. 37.5V
(MX Digital)
Single red LED (function
programmable)
Body, cover and base
FR110 BAYBLEND Fire
Resistant
Accuracy +/-0.25C
Resolution 2C
Internal memory:
See specific detector

See specific detector
<95% non-condensing
EN54:pt.7
EN54:pt.5 and En54:pt.7
EC Directive 89/336/EC
Remote indicator & control
output for relay and sounder bases
Total 128 bytes / 32 bytes
for service information
including:
- Detector dirty level
- Date of manufacture
- Date of commissioning
- Address
Detection Modes
All 800 Series detectors communicate to the MX detection
panel using the fast reliable MX DIGITAL loop protocol. This
allows each detector to operate in one or two of several
detection modes, thus allowing it to be easily optimised to the
risk. To meet detection applications with multiple risks the
800PH and 800CH detectors allow two detection modes to
operate simultaneously.
Virtual Detectors
The use of virtual detection means that installations can
change the detection mode without any physical change,
taking place. Not only can the detection be changed at the
time of installation and commissioning but also during the life

of the building as building usage changes.
Some MX detection panels even allow the detection mode to
be changed at different times of the day or automatically as
occupancy and activity in the space changes.
As well as providing great flexibility, using only two detector
models means whole life costs are reduced by reducing
manufacturing, stocking and service stocks. This also reduces
the number of times detectors have to be changed during the
life of the installation.
800PH Multi-Sensor Smoke and Heat Detectors

The 800PH is a state-of-the-art
smoke and heat detector which
allows a full set of detection modes
to be implemented in the MX
detection panel to suit most smoke
and heat detection applications.
The 800PH incorporates a unique
mousehole design optical chamber
with an unrivalled signal to noise
ratio providing high resilience to dust
and dirt which means reduced
service costs. In addition a unique
chamber cover actually draws slow
moving smoke into the chamber to
Product Code
Branding
801PH
811PH
ADT
516.800.500.A
provide a more responsive detector.

The unique design provides
immunity to small insects and thrips
without the need for a separate thirp
filter.
The 800PH provides all the features
of MX VIRTUAL detectors including
self verification, temperature and
smoke level indication and unrivalled
service functions.
Dimensions:
109dia x 43H
mm
Operating Temp.:
-20 to +70oC
Storage Temp.:
-40 to +80oC
Relative Humidity:
95% (non
condensing)
Standards:
EN54 pt 5,
EN54 pt 7
801PH
Optical
Yes*
Enhanced Optical (HPO) Yes*
Normal Ambient ROR
A1R
Fixed Heat
A2S 60oC
Certification
LPCB/VdS
* Approved with MX Fastlogic algorithms
THORN
516.800.500.T
516.800.507
WORMALD
516.800.500.W
ZETTLER
562.000
TYCO
516.800.500.Y
800F Flame Detectors

The 800F is a digital addressable,
low cost infrared flame detector with
some high end features such as
Solar Blind operation for false alarm
free reliability and an automatic
health check feature. Will detect a
0.1m2 flaming fire at a range of 20m.
Uses the standard MX detector
bases and MX base accessories. An
Intrinsically safe version is available
as part of the System 800 I.S. range.
Page 66
Dimensions (mm): 108 x 21.2
Weight:
74g
Operation Temp:
-20C to
+70C
Storage Temperature: -40C to
+80C
Relative Humidity:
90% RH
continuous (non-condensing)
Range: 0.1m2n-heptane at 50m
Field of View:100
Standards EN54 pt10 Certification
811PH
Yes*
Yes*
A1R
A2S 60oC
Marine
Product Codes
516.800.006
801F
LPCB
516.800.007
811F
Marine

800CH Multi-Sensor Carbon Monoxide Fire Detectors
temperature detection.
The 800CH provides all the features
of MX VIRTUAL detectors including
self verification, temperature and CO
level indication and unrivalled
service functions.
Dimensions:
109dia x 43H
mm
Operating Temp.:
0 to +55oC
Storage Temp.:
-20 to +55oC
Relative Humidity:
95% (non
condensing)
Standards:
EN54 pt 5
EN54 pt 7
Product Codes
801CH
516.800.501A
516.800.501T
516.800.501W
562.001
516.800.501Y
ADT
THORN
WORMALD
ZETTLER
TYCO
811CH
516.800.508T
THORN
Carbon Monoxide
Enhanced CO (CCO)
Normal Ambient ROR
Fixed Heat
CCO plus ROR (A1R)
Certification
801CH
Yes
Yes
A1R
A2S 60oC
Yes
LPCB
811CH
Yes
Yes
A1R
A2S 60oC
Yes
Marine
800H Heat Detectors

The 800H is a flexible cost-effective
addressable heat detector with all
the features of MX VIRTUAL
detectors. The 800H returns the
temperature to the MX detection
panel which allows various detection
modes to be implemented. The 800H
uses a high quality thermistor with
very low thermal mass. This allows
the detectors to provide fast accurate
temperature detection as well as
heat detection.
Dimensions:
109dia x 43H
mm
Operating temp.:
-25 to +70C
(-40 to +90C
for short
periods)
Storage temp.:
-40 to +80C
Standards:
EN54:pt.5
Product Codes
801H
516.800.502.A
516.800.502.T
516.800.502.W
562.002
516.800.502.Y
811H
516.800.509
High Ambient ROR

Normal Ambient ROR
Fixed Heat
Certification
801H
CR
A1R
A2S 60C
LPCB/VdS
ADT
THORN
WORMALD
ZETTLER
TYCO
THORN
811H
CR
A1R
A2S 60C
Marine
800I Ionisation Smoke Sensors

The 800I ionisation detectors are
offered for old specifications which
still call for ionisation smoke
detectors. The 800CH and 800PH
detectors offer improved
performance, significantly lower false
alarms and environmental
compatibility for smoke detection
applications. The 800I nevertheless
offers state-of-the-art ionisation
smoke detection with self verification,
smoke level indication and threshold
compensation for detector condition
monitoring. The 801I is LPCB
approved.
Dimensions:
109dia x 43H
mm
Operating Temp.:
-20 to +70C
Storage Temp.:
-40 to +80C
Relative Humidity:
<95% (non
condensing)
Standards:
EN54 pt 7
Product Codes
801I
516.800.515.A
516.800.515.T
516.800.515.W
562.003
516.800.515.Y
ADT
THORN
Wormald
ZETTLER
TYCO
Line Shorting Adaptor

Low profile line shorting adaptor
commissioning tool (shorts terminals
together enabling cable resistance
checks to be carried out) - ADT
Branded
Product Codes
517.050.002.A
Line Shorting Adapter
562.004
Zettler Brand
Page 67
The 800CH is a state-of-the-art

carbon monoxide and heat detector
which allows a full set of detection
modes to be implemented in the MX
detection panel to suit most fire and
heat detection applications. The
800CH is particularly well suited to
sleeping risks, storage areas and
applications where smoke detector
positioning is difficult or where
smoke detectors are prone to false
alarm.
The integration of heat detection into
the 800CH allows the detector to
operate in a wide variety of
applications where combined risks
mean that CO detection alone would
be insufficient.
The 800CH incorporates a reliable
electro-chemical CO detection cell
and high specification low thermal
mass thermistor for accurate
801PC Multi-Sensor
Features
Combined optical, heat and carbon monoxide detector
Operate simultaneously as a fire and CO toxic gas
detector
Early detection of all fire types from smouldering to fast
flaming
Minerva Expert algorithms use elements for positive
false alarm detection
Optical, CO and Heat can operate independently for
sequential alarm systems and CO toxic gas alert
All 3 elements are independently monitored for faults
Universal mode for maximum fire protection
Resilient mode for false free operation in challenging
environments
Use with standard or loop powered sounder base for
reduced installation costs
801PC Multi-Sensor Smoke, Heat and Carbon Monoxide Detector

The 801PC detector is a combined optical, carbon
monoxide and heat detector for use with MX Technology
controllers. The 801PC can be used in combination with
other MX Technology detectors with a maximum total of
250 detectors connected to a single 2 wire MXDigital loop.
Single-Mode and Multi-Mode Operation
Each individual 801PC detector will be operating in either
single-mode or multi-mode. This will be set at the time of
commissioning for each 801PC detector dependant on the
application.
Single-Mode
As a single mode detector the 801PC uses a single
address. All the user control features currently applicable
to other detectors can also be used with 801PC. This
includes the ability to switch between modes, either
automatically or manually.
Multi-Mode
As a multi-mode device the 801PC takes three addresses
form the available 1000 per MX/ZX panel. The choice of
modes used in multi-point will depend on the application.
As far as the user is concerned, each address is an
individual detector with its own attributes and settings. The
user can also switch between modes for each of the
addresses used.
Heat Sensing Element

High quality thermistor with very low thermal mass for
added responsiveness.
Optical Chamber
The optical chamber has many advanced features that
improve performance and reliability.
High intensity, short pulse width infrared light source for
heightened responsiveness.
Optical feedback will verify the total optical path on every
poll of the detector.
Precision optics eliminate nuisance from small insects
such as thrips, without the need for a filter.
Carbon Monoxide Cell
High efficiency electro-chemical CO detection cell
Cell integrity is continuously monitored
Increased cell capacity for durability
Cell is electronically calibrated for IS07240.6 fire
applications or EN50291 toxic gas applications
Product Codes
Mechanical
Detector Material
Weight
Colour
FR110 "Bayblend" Fire resistant

0.2Kg detector and base (approx)
White
516.800.800
516.800.800.A
516.800.800.Y
Environmental
Operating Temp.
Storage Temp.
Relative Humidity
Range -10oC to +55oC

-20oC to +55oC
90% non condensing
801PC
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
Mode 5
Mode 6
Certification
Page 68
Universal multi-criteria sensor

false alarm immunity multi-criteria
A1R
Enhanced Optical
Enhanced CO
CO Toxic Gas
LPCB \ VdS
801PC Unbranded
801PC ADT branded
801PC Tyco branded
Type
800PH
800I
Fire Loading
Electronic Equipment
Electrical Switchgear
800PH
Aspirated
Chemicals
Machinery
800I
800H
S271f+
Aspirated
800F
800PH
800CH
800H
800PH
800CH
S271f+
800F
800H
800I
800CH
800PH
800CH
800PH
Type
800H
800I
800CH
Bold text indicates most likely detector/mode to meet users requirements.
Building Materials
Unknown Contents
800CH
Plastics
Solid Fuels
Wooden Structures
800PH
800PH
Animal Fodder
800CH
S271f+
General Organic Waste
S271f+
Unstable Chemicals
800F
800I
800CH
Foodstuffs
800I
800F
Flammable Gasses
800CH
Paints
Solvents
800PH
Flammable Liquids
Wood Shavings etc
Animal Bedding
Plastic Foams
800PH
800PH
Paper, Cardboard
800CH
Soft Furnishings
800I
800PH
Type
Loading Bay/
Warehouse with
Diesel, Forklifts etc
Heavy Industrial
Ferry (Car Deck)
800F
800PH
800CH
800H
800PH
800CH
800F
S271f+
800H
800CH
800PH
800CH
Type
Livestock Pen
Mill, Laundry
Changing Room
Dirty - Smoky During Dusty and/or

the Day
Humid
Point Detector Selection Chart

Benign
Moderately Clean
Regulated
Temperature
Offices
Light Industrial
Hospitals
Residential
Passenger
Cabin
Fabrics, Clothes
Cable Conduit
Aspirated
Clean Room
Data Processing Suite
For Example
Electric Motors
Very Clean
and Dry
800H
800CH
800H
800CH
800F
S271f+
800H
800CH
800CH
800PH
Type
Kitchen
Engine Room
Test Beds
Hot and Smoky

When in Use
S271f+
800F
800CH
S271f+
800F
800CH
S271f+
800F
Beam
800CH
S271f+
800F
Type
Atrium
Theatre
Hanger
Oil Rigs
Turbine Hall
Open Areas
Environment

Detector & Mode Selection & Design Charts
Detector Selection Chart
This chart is designed to assist with the selection of the best detector for the risk.
1. First select the environment
2. Next select the fire loading or risk being protected.
The corresponding square shows the best suited (bold) and other suitable detectors for the application.
Page 69
Page 70
E = Temperature enhanced
E+H = Temperature enhanced and heat detector together
H = Heat only part of combined detector
X = Callpoint protection alone
Electric Motors
CO
ION
Paints
Solvents
Flammable Gasses
(N)
(N)
(N)
CO
ION
(N)
E+H(N) (N)
(H)
Optical
Machinery
Building Materials
Unknown Contents
CO
Chemicals
Plastics
Solid Fuels
Wooden Structures
ION
E(H)
(N)
E(N)
Night
(L)#
(L)#
Day
Mode
Optical
CO
Type
Heat
(H)
A1R
(N)
A1R
Flame
Ion
Heat
E+H(H)E+H(N) Optical
Aspirated*
Ion
Heat
E+H(H)E+H(N)CO
E(N)
A1R
(N)
FLAME
HEAT
(L)# CO
A1R
(L)*
(N)
A1R
E(N)
E(N)
A1R
(L)*
A1R
(L)#
(L)#
A2S
Flame
Optical
CO
Heat
(L)#
(N)
Day
CO
Optical
Type
(N)
E(N)
A2S
(L)#
(N)
A1R
CO
HEAT
CO
(L)#
(N)
A2S
Flame *
Heat
CO
(L)# Heat
(N)
A2S
A1R
E(N)
A1R
E(N)
A1R
Flame
Beam*
CO
Flame
Type
CR
(H)
CR
Beam*
Flame
CO
Flame
(H)
Day
E+H(H)E+H(H)
E+H(H) E+H(H)
(H)
Night
Mode
Atrium
Theatre
Hanger
Oil Rigs
Turbine Hall
Open Areas
(H) CO
CR
E+H(N) H
(N)
E+H(N)
Night Day
Mode
Kitchen
Engine Room
Test Beds
Hot and Smoky

When in Use
E+H(N)E+H(L)# FLAME
E(L)#
(N)
Night
Mode
Livestock Pen
Mill, Laundry
Changing Room
Optical E+H(N) (L)# Optical
CO
HEAT
Aspirated* E+H(H)E+H(N)Optical E+H(H)E+H(N) CO
Optical E+H(N) (N)
(H)
E+H(H) E+H(N) CO
CO
(H)
E+H(H)E+H(H)Flame
Foodstuffs
Animal Fodder
Optical
CO
Optical
Type
Loading Bay/
Warehouse with
Diesel, Forklifts etc
Heavy Industrial
Ferry (Car Deck)
Dirty - Smoky During Dusty and/or

the Day
Humid
E+H(H)E+H(H)Optical E+H(H) E+H(N) FLAME* E+H(N)E+H(L)* CO
E(H)
E(N)
(H)
(N)
General Organic Waste
Unstable Chemicals
Flame
Optical
Flammable Liquids
Wood Shavings etc
Animal Bedding
Plastic Foams
Paper, Cardboard
CO
Ion
Optical
(H)
Fabrics, Clothes
(H)
Soft Furnishings
Cable Conduit
Optical
Ion
E(H)
Benign
Moderately Clean
Regulated
Temperature
Clean Room
Offices
Data Processing Suite Light Industrial
Hospitals
Residential
Passenger
Cabin
Mode
Mode
Type
Type
Night Day
Night Day
Very Clean
and Dry
Electronic Equipment Aspirated* E+H(H) E(H) Optical
Fire Loading
For Example
Environment
Point Detector Mode Selection Chart
Detector Mode Selection Chart
This chart is designed to assist with the selection of the best detector mode to be implemented during system configuration.
Once the most suitable detector has been selected (see detector selection chart on previous page) this chart can be used to find
the best detection mode for occupied (day) and unoccupied (night) applications.
Bold text indicates most likely detector/mode to meet users

requirements.
Letters in brackets represent recommended sensitivity settings.
*Not available as part of 800 range.
#Not LPCB approved
Table is for guidelines only and specific situations are likely to require variations on the suggested detector types. Real situations may require detector combinations to
cover all likely risks.
Night and Day columns represent low false alarm risk and high false alarm risk, although this usually follows a day/night pattern, it may be configured for any time. For
example the car deck of a ferry would be configured for Day during vehicle loading and Night once all the passengers had left the car deck, thus achieving optimum
protection for that area.
If fastlogic operation is selected for optical detectors, the same table applies. The chief difference being a higher resistance to false alarms, and slower response to
aerosol test gas.
Chapter 5 - Series 600 Conventional Detectors

Series 600 Conventional Detectors
Series 600 is a range of low profile conventional fire detectors. These unobtrusively styled detectors have a number
of unique design features to improve their operation, installation and ease of servicing
Unique early detection enhanced CO fire detector

Intelligent Universal HPO Smoke Detector
Low profile, discreet and unobtrusive
Superior performance and reliability
Attractive new design
Designed for fast, easy installation
Integral and remote alarm LED
Series of Product Approvals
Series 600 Conventional Detectors

Through innovative design the Series 600 detectors have
reduced the installation and servicing time to a minimum,
needing only one visit to complete the installation and
having a park position for the detector to ease the
servicing.
The Series 600 includes the unique enhanced Carbon
Monoxide CO fire detector, which provides a general
purpose fire detector with unprecedented early detection
capability and excellent false alarm immunity. The CO fire
detectors are the first choice for sleeping risks.
Also included within the range is the intelligent high
performance optical smoke (HPO) detector.
The HPO can be seen as a truly universal smoke detector,

suitable for most applications.
The Series 600 low profile detectors can be custom made
in several colours, please contact the Walthamstow office
for details.
Approvals:VdS
UL
ULC
SSL
Marine
The use of the patented optical sensing chamber, together

with refined signal processing, has enabled the
introduction of a smoke detector suitable for fast, reliable
smoke detection of both slow and fast developing fires.
Body
LPCB
Marine
Optical
601P
601P-M
Ionisation
601I
-
HPO
601PH
601PH-M
R of R Heat
601H-R
601H-R-M
FT
601H-F
601H-F-M
CO
601CH
601CH-M
FLAME
601F
601F-M
Page 71
Conventional Detectors
Features
High Performance Optical Smoke

These detectors react to the whole
range of fire products from slow
smouldering fires, producing visible
particles to open flaming fires
producing large numbers of very hot
smaller sized aerosols. It combines
optical and heat detector technology
to detect clear burning fire products
which hitherto could only be easily
detected by ion-chamber detectors.
For normal ambient conditions, the
high performance optical detector
behaves as a normal optical detector.
Only when a rapid rise in temperature
is detected does the sensitivity of the
detector increase and the presence

of smoke will confirm a fire condition.
The HPO will not operate on a rate of
rise of temperature alone.
Manual - Vol01C-02-D2 Detectors
Fire Manual
Product Codes
516.600.002.A
Approval
Branded
LPCB
ADT
516.600.002.T
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Thorn
516.600.002.Y
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Tyco
516.600.202
Tyco
Model
601PH
Model
601PH
Model
601PH
601PH-M
Enhanced Carbon Monoxide Fire

The CO fire detector is a unique
general purpose fire detector which
provides very early warning of slow
smouldering fires. Ideal for sleeping
risks the CO fire detector is also well
suited to many applications where
heat detection is insufficient but
smoke detection causes false alarms.
As CO travels more freely than smoke
the position of CO fire detectors is
more flexible.
This feature is particularly useful in

large complex structures such as atria
and warehouses, where position of
smoke detectors is difficult.
Fire Manual
Product Codes
516.600.004.A
Approval
Branded
LPCB
ADT
516.600.004.T
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Thorn
516.600.004.Y
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Tyco
516.600.204
Approval
Branded
Tyco
Model
601CH
Model
601CH
Model
601CH
Model
601CH-M
Optical Smoke
These detectors are capable of
detecting the visible smoke produced
by materials which smoulder or burn
slowly, i.e. soft furnishings, plastic
foam etc;. or 'smoke' produced by
overheated but unburnt PVC. These
detectors are particularly suitable for
general applications and areas where
cable overheating may occur e.g.
electrical services areas. The novel
design of the asymmetrical sampling
chamber and signal processing
techniques stop unwanted alarms
caused by very small insects. i.e.
thrips. Smoke entering the sampling
chamber scatters the infra-red light

pulses onto a photo-diode. These
pulses are converted to an electrical
signal which is compared against a
preset alarm level.
Fire Manual
Product Codes
516.600.001A
Approval
Branded
LPCB
ADT
516.600.001.T
Approval
Branded
LPCB
516.600.001.Y
Approval
LPCB
516.600.201
Approval
-
Model
601P
Model
Thorn
601P
Branded
Tyco
Model
601P
Branded
Tyco
Model
601P-M
Heat
These detectors use two networked
thermistors in a bridge configuration
to provide a fast response, that
depends both on absolute
temperature and notes the change of
temperature. The rate of rise/fixed
temperature heat detectors can be
used in areas where smoke sensors
are unsuitable due to environmental
conditions (smoke, dust etc,). Such
areas include kitchens, locker rooms,
canteens, garages, loading bays etc.
Fire Manual
Page 72
Rate of Rise
Product Codes
516.600.003.A
Approval
Branded
Model
LPCB
ADT
601H-R
516.600.003.T
Approval
Branded
Model
LPCB
Thorn
601H-R
516.600.003.Y
Approval
Branded
Model
LPCB
Tyco
601H-R
516.600.203
Approval
Branded
Model
Tyco
601H-R-M
Fixed Temperature 60C

Product Codes
516.600.013.A
Approval
Branded
LPCB
ADT
516.600.013.T
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Thorn
516.600.013.Y
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Tyco
516.600.213
Approval
Branded
Tyco
Model
601H-F
Model
601H-F
Model
601H-F
Model
601H-F-M

Ion Chamber Smoke
This is then compared against an
alarm level.
Fire Manual
Product Codes
516.600.005.A
Approval
Branded
LPCB
ADT
516.600.005.T
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Thorn
516.600.005.Y
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Tyco
Model
601I
Model
601I
Model
601I
Solar Blind Infra Red Flame Detector

Flame detectors, unlike smoke and
heat detectors, do not rely on
convection to transport the fire
product to the detector, nor do they
rely on a ceiling to trap the products.
They can therefore, be used to
protect large open areas without
sacrificing speed of response to
flaming fires. In order to ensure full
coverage, however, flame detectors
do require direct line of sight to all
parts of the protected area.
Infra-red flame detectors such as the
601F are designed to respond
rapidly to fires which involve cleanburning fuels such as alcohol or

methane, ie fires which would not be
detected by smoke detectors. The
601F Flame detector, by virtue of its
operating wavelength and flicker
discrimination, is insensitive to
normal environmental influences. For
outdoor use, a solar-blind detector
(e.g. the S200Plus) should be used.
The 601F flame detector should,
normally, only be used inside
buildings to supplement heat and
smoke detectors.
Product Codes
516.600.006
601F
516.600.007
601 F-M Marine
Operating Voltage: up to 24V d.c.
Quiescent Current: zero
Alarm Current:
Limited by
internal 220
ohm or 50 ohm
resistor
Dimensions:
82mm dia x
41mm
Weight:
73gm
Material:
Cycolac ABS
Operating temp. range: -20oC to
+100oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 100% RH
(NonCondensing)
Alarm Temp:
H6XX:
60oC
H9XX:
90oC
Product Codes
517.001.130
DHM8 (including 2 x 20mm glands)
516.014.019
H602 60oC Fixed temp. Grade 1
(Integral LED Ind.)
516.014.020
H902 90oC Fixed temp. Grade 1
(Integral LED Ind.)

Fire Manual
H Series Heat Detectors

The H600 and H900 range of fixed
temperature heat detectors are
designed to operate at 60oC and
90oC respectively. They are
particularly suited to areas where
rapid changes in temperature and/or
high ambient temperatures exist,
together with unsuitable
environmental conditions for smoke
detectors. This makes the detectors
ideally suited for galleys, laundries
etc.
Features
Approved by Marine classification
authorities
Two wire supervised circuit
Draws no quiescent current
Self re-setting
Grade 3 to European Standard
EN54 Part 5 1977
Datasheet - Product Code PSF108 H

Series Fixed Temperature Detectors
Tyco Detector Identification Card

A convenient pocket sized Quick
reference card designed to aid the
identification of Tyco Detectors.
Product Code
AM2801/000
ID Card
Note: Cards must be ordered in
multiples of 100.
Page 73
These detectors react to the visible

and invisible fire aerosols (products
of combustion) and are therefore
capable of detecting the early
presence of hot smouldering and
flaming fires, such as wood, paper
etc.
They are particularly suitable for
general applications in all areas and
use a dual ionisation chamber in
which the air is ionised by a single
radioactive source (33k Bq
Americium 241). The presence of
smoke in the sampling chamber
causes a change in the balance
voltage, between the two chambers.

Series 600 Detector Specifications
Typical Dimensions of Smoke/Heat/Co Detector
43
109
Typical Dimensions of Flame Detector
21.2
108
Technical Specification - Series 600

601
Weight
100g
Material
601PH/P/601PH-M/601P-M
93g
601H-R/601H-F/601H-R-M/601H-F-M
80g
FR 110 Bayblend
601CH/601CH-M
90g
601F/601F-M
74g
-20 to +70C*
-10 to +55C
-20 to +70C
Operating Temp.
-20 to +70C
-20 to +70C
Storage Temp.
-40 to +80C
-25 to +80C
-25 to +80C
-20 to +55C
-40 to + 80C
65A
45mA
10.5 - 33 Vdc
95% Non-Condensing
65A
52mA
10.5 - 33 Vdc
87A
53mA
10.5 - 33 Vdc
300A
42mA
18-28Vdc
Relative Humidity
Quiescent Current(typ)
62A
Alarm Current(typ)
54mA
Operating Voltage
10.5 - 33 Vdc
*Short Term (<3min) -40 to +120C
Page 74
Page 75
Flaming Fire
(Rapid Build-Up of
dense smoke)
High Temp. Fumes
Associated
Explosion Dangers
Smouldering
(Difficult to locate toxic fumes)
Likelihood of
Flashover (Back draught)
Probable Risk
Cable Pyrolosis
(Toxic Fumes)
Electrical Arcs
(Ignition Source)
Associated Electrical
Dangers
ASPIRATED
601PH
601CH
601P
601I
601F/601FEx
601I
601PH
601P
ASPIRATED
601P
601PH
601I
Clean Room
Data
Processing
Suite
For Example
Foodstuffs
General Organic Waste Smoke and Flame
Animal Fodder
Initially fairly slow
but high temps Wooden Structures
once established
Solid Fuels
Plastic, Chemicals
Type of fire risk
Machinery
may vary as can
the type of fire
Building Materials
(May require a mix
Unknown Contents
of detection types)
Paints
Solvents
Flammable Gasses
Unstable Chemicals
Animal Bedding
Wood Shavings etc
Flammable Liquids
Paper, Cardboard
Plastic Foams
Fabrics, Clothes
Soft Furnishings
Electric Motors
Cable Conduit
Fire Loading
Electronic Equipment
Very Clean
and Dry
Environment
601PH
601CH
601I
601H-R
601F/601FEx
601PH
601P
601CH
601I
601F/601FEx
601I
601PH
601P
601CH
601PH
601P
601P
601PH
601I
Benign
Moderately Clean
Regulated
Temperature
Offices
Light Industrial
Hospitals
Residential
Passenger
Accommodation
B
Dusty and/or
Humid
601P
601CH
601I
601F/601FEx
601H-R
601PH
601CH
601H-R
601F/601FEx
601I
601CH
601P
601P
601CH
601P
601F/601FEx
601CH
601P
601H-R
601F/601FEx
601CH
601P
Loading Bay/
Livestock Pen
Warehouse with
Mill, Laundry
Diesel, Forklifts etc. Changing Room
Heavy Industrial
Ferry (Car Deck)
Dirty - Smoky
601H-R
601CH
601H-R
601CH
601F/601FEx
601H-R
601CH
Kitchen
Engine Room
Engine Test Beds
Hot and
Smoky
601F/601FEx
601CH
BEAM
601CH
601F/601FEx
601F/601FEx
601CH(H)
BEAM
601F/601FEx
BEAM
Atrium
Theatre
Hanger
Oil Rigs
Turbine Hall
Open Areas
Conventional Detector Selection Chart
Point Detector Selection Chart
Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories

Detector Bases & Accessories
Detector Bases and Accessories
A complete range of matching bases and accessories to complement the Low Profile Detector Range; including
standard bases, isolator bases.
Features
Optional short circuit isolator in each base

Optional relay bases
Loop powered sounder bases
Remote indication LEDs
Standard and stainless steel duct probes
Optional conduit entry backboxes
Protective wire cages
Detector Bases and Ancillaries

The 800 and 600 Series of low profile detectors provides
a comprehensive range of highly effective and
aesthetically pleasing fire, smoke and heat detectors with
worldwide approvals.
The unique design and leading edge technology of the
detectors goes beyond the detection technology itself.
The range of detector bases is designed to make low
profile detector installations cost effective, aesthetically
pleasing and easy to install and maintain thus minimising
disruption.
Page 76
The detector bases include standard universal bases,

which have no integral electronics, thus making them low
cost and low maintenance. Alternatively, a range of
functional bases incorporates sounders, relays and line
isolators to provide a cost effective method of adding
functions and flexibility to the fire detection installation.
Duct probe units are specially designed to enable optimum
performance even at low air velocity and are also available
in stainless steel.

Standard Universal Bases
The standard universal detector bases are compatible with new 800 Series MX detectors as well as the Series 600 low
profile detectors. The standard bases have no electronics and even when the detectors are connected to the bases, they
can be electrically disconnected and left in a park position. This enables wiring integrity tests to take place without any
damage to electronics. When used with 800 Series MX VIRTUAL detectors the address flag automatically transfers to the
base, thus the address label remains with the base even if the detector is changed or replaced. An optional, tool
removable locking pin allows the detector to be fixed in place to prevent tampering.
This is the most commonly used

base for MX applications. It is fully
EN54 and Vds approved for use with
the MX detector range and can also
be used for the Minerva M900
addressable and Series 600
conventional ranges of detectors.
If used it will require a separately
supplied tool to remove a detector
from the base. Optional address
label flags are automatically
transferred from detector to base
when the detector is inserted.
Following detector removal flags are
retained in the base to provide a
permanent address indicator.
Features
Drive a remote indicator
Detector locking pin with every
base
Temporary Park position
The 5 Universal Detector Base
accepts an address label flag
from the Detector when used with
MX Detector Ranges
Fit directly to a British or
European conduit box or directly
onto the ceiling.
Break-outs for surface installation
Product Codes
517.050.017
5B 5 Universal Base LPCB
517.050.019
5B-UL 5 Universal Base UL
517.050.605
6 Adaptor for 5B-UL Base
572.048
5B 5 Universal Base VdS
5BD-5 Inch Conventional Diode Continuity Base

The 5BD Continuity Base is a
standard 5 inch base fitted with a
continuity diode, for use with all
M600 Lo-Pro and Series 600
detectors. The base is designed to
ensure that conventional systems
meet the requirements of BS5839
Pt:1 for callpoints placed after
detectors. The 5BD works with XL,
NT, System 1700.
Features
Compatible with M600 Lo-Pro and
Series 600 Low Profile Detector
Range
Designed for two wire operation
Facility to drive a remote indicator
A breakout locking key is
provided as an integral part of
each base, which can be fitted to
lock the detector into position.
A temporary park position is
provided so that the field wiring
can be tested with the detector in
situ.
Maybe fitted directly to a British
or European conduit box or
directly onto the ceiling
Product Code
517.050.600
5 BD 5 Conventional Diode
Continuity Base for LPCB approved
detectors
Features
. All of the mechanical features of
the 5B 5 Universal detector
base.
. Provides upstream and
downstream isolation as
appropriate
. LED indication of isolation in
operation
Product Codes
517.050.018
5BI 5 Isolator Base LPCB
572.049
5BI 5 Isolator Base VdS
5BI-5 MX Isolator Base

The 5BI isolator base incorporates all
the features of the 5B but it is used
exclusively with digital addressable
MX Technology detection loops.
They allow any or all detectors to be
upgraded to incorporate bidirectional short circuit isolation.
Used with every detector, they will
ensure that no detector is lost in the
event of an open or short circuit loop
fault. A built in amber LED indicates
when isolation has been activated.
Isolation will automatically reset
when the fault is removed.
Page 77
Standard Detector Bases
5B-5 Universal Detector Base

Functional Detector Bases
The range of standard bases is supplimented by this selection of sounder bases, relay bases and accessories,
including loop powered sounder base for use on MX technology controllers.

Functional detector bases use a common moulding which
incorporates a double side circuit board which enables
electrical connections to be made on the top and bottom of
the functional base. This allows the functional bases to be
retrofitted into new and existing universal bases or
alternatively the depth and cost of the installed detector
can be reduced by using the functional base instead of the
universal base.
When functional bases are fitted to universal bases, they

automatically lock into position. Removal is then achieved
using the detector removal tool. This feature ensures that
the detector and functional bases are removed separately.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF101 M600/900 Low Profile Detector
Bases
Manual - Vol01B-03-D2 Detectors Fire Manual
This feature enables additional line isolators and sounders

to be easily added during commissioning. In addition,
changes to the building during its life can be easily
adapted to, by retrofitting sounders and relay outputs to
existing detection points.
Tyco MKII Sounder Base
A new low current range of sounder
bases for use with Conventional and
Addressable Fire Alarm Control
Panels.
Features
Manufactured to EN54 part 3
Integral sounder and detector
base
Volume and tone adjustable after
installation
Low Power Synchronisation
Do not require use of a standard
base (maybe installed directly
onto a standard besa box)
Product Codes
577.001.035
601SB Conventional Sounder Base
577.001.037
601SBD Conventional Diode Sounder
Base
577.001.036
602SB 2 Wire Line Powered Sounder
Base
577.001.038
602SBD 2 Wire Line Powered Diode
Sounder Base
516.800.911
901SB Universal Sounder Base
516.800.910 (572.050 Europe)

802SB MX Loop Powered Sounder
Base
516.800.913
812SB MX Loop Powered UL
Sounder Base
516.800.913
912SB Universal UL Sounder Base
517.050.022
Volume Pot Spare Cover (1 sheet of
144)
Please See Following Applications
Table for Further Details
Tyco MKII Sounder Cap

A plastic cap which fits onto the
601SB/601SBD/602SB/602SBD
Sounder Base to enable these
bases to operate as a sounder
without fitting a detector.
Product Codes
557.001.040.A
Mark II Sounder Cap (ADT Branded)
557.001.040.Y
Mark II Sounder Cap (Tyco Branded)
MC600 & 600RBA Functional Relay Base

The 600 Series relay base provides
dual relay contacts for signalling
external devices on conventional
detection systems. Very low
operating current even when the
relay is energised, enable the relay
base to be used without additional
power. The relay contacts operate
when the detector enters the alarm
condition.
Features
Dual pole 24Vdc relay contact
(60VA)
Status indicator LED
Low power consumption (<20A
except start up)
Latching operation
Page 78
Can be used instead of a

standard base
Requires diode fitting if used in
place of an M600D diode base.
Not compatible with System 1600
or T880 panels
Operating Temp.:
-25C to +70C
Humidity:
Up to 95% RH
(noncondensing)
Vibration:
Exceeds
requirements of
EN54-3,
Marine & UL268
Product Codes
568.001.018
MC600 Relay base (BS5839)
515590
600 RBA Relay base (UL - Grinnell)

SAM 800 Sounder Addressable Module
The SAM 800 Sounder Addressable
Module is an MX addressable device
which may be fitted to the 801SB,
802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB
Sounder Bases to enable the MX
Control Panel to communicate with
and control these sounder bases,
without the need for a detector
effectively turning the 801SB, 802SB,
812SB, 901SB and 912SB into an

addressable loop powered sounder.
The SAM 800 is suitable for wall or
ceiling mounting. Sound selection
and tones will be as per the 801SB,
802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB.
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.800.954
572.051
SAM 800 Sounder Addressable
Module (compatible with Version 2.1
and above)
The SAB Sounder Addressable

Beacon is an MX Addressable
Beacon that fits into the Standard
Minerva Universal Base. Alternatively
the SAB may be fitted to the 801SB,
802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB
Sounder Bases to enable the MX
Control Panel to communicate with
and control these sounder bases
and also provide a Flashing Beacon
effectively turning the 801SB, 802SB,
812SB, 901SB and 912SB into a
combined addressable loop
powered sounder and beacon.
The SAB is suitable for wall or ceiling

mounting. Sound selection and
tones will be as per the 801SB,
802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB.
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.800.953
572.052
SAB 800 Sounder Addressable
Beacon (compatible with Version 2.1
and above)
516.800.956
SAB 801 Low Power Sounder
Addressable Beacon (Compatable
with Consys Version 8.1 and above)
Features
Dual pole 24V DC relay contacts
(60VA)
Very low power consumption
(<20A except startup)
Product Code
UK
516.800.905
801RB Relay base
801RB - Functional Relay Base

The 801RB provides dual relay
contacts for signalling external
devices on MX addressable systems.
A very low operating current even
when the relay is energised enables
the relay base to be used without
any additional power. The dual
contacts are under the control of a
programmable output, through the
powerful cause and effect software.
EUROPE
572.028
801SB - Loop Powered Addressable Sounder Base MK1

The 801SB sounder base operates
will all 800 series MX VIRTUAL
detectors. A unique design single
point sound source is used to
provide complete audio coverage
without obtrusive holes in the
moulding. The 801 SB is controlled
by the powerful event action of the
MX fire detection panel. This allows
the 801SB to sound when its own
detector is in alarm or as a zonal
sounder. The number of 801SB per
loop depends on the volume and
loop power available.
Features
3 selectable tones (slow, fast and
continuous)
3 volume settings (90,80 and
70dB effective)
single point sound source
Standard MINERVA frequency
complies to prEN:pt.3
Loop current consumption at full
volume - 15mA
24V Current consumption at full
volume - 25mA (for lower power
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.800.907
572.029
801SB Loop Powered Adjustable
Sounder Base MK1
version, refer to Tyco

MKII Sounder base)
Volume Adjustment Tool

A simple Volume Adjustment Tool,
specific to the task of sounder
volume selection on the variablevolume range of Tyco MKII Sounder
Bases.
Sounder volume can be easily varied

between the maximum 90dBA and
minimum 68dBA-volume settings,
using this simple, functional tool.
Product Code
517.050.015
Volume Adjustment Tool
Note: Sounder Bases are supplied

with the volume pre-set to maximum
volume.
Page 79
SAB 800/SAB 801 Sounder Addressable Beacon

Detector Ancillaries
Features
Detector Address Flags
Provides clear identification of address

Colour coded
Flag remains on base
800 Series MX Address Flag

The 800 Series detectors incorporate a feature, which
automatically transfers the address flag to the detector
base, when the detector is plugged into the base. On
removal of the detector the address flag remains on the
ceiling, thus ensuring that detectors are not accidentally
returned to the wrong detector base following service
routines.
Most MX detection panels incorporate additional fail safe

software features to ensure that incorrect detector
positioning does not compromise the system.
Address flags are supplied in packs of 100.
Labels are provided on sheets of 250 in four colours to
enable quick identification between different loops.
Product Codes
516.800.915
516.800.931
516.800.932
516.800.933
516.800.934
MX Address flags (pack of 100)

Address flag labels Loop A - White
Address flag labels Loop B - Yellow
Address flag labels Loop C - Purple
Address flag labels Loop D - Green
516.800.935
516.800.936
516.800.937
516.800.938
Address
Address
Address
Address
flag
flag
flag
flag
labels
labels
labels
labels
Loop
Loop
Loop
Loop
E - Grey
F - Blue
G - Orange
H - Red
Tyco MKII Sounder Base Range Identification Card

A convenient pocket sized quick reference card
designed to aid the identification of the Tyco MKII Sounder
Base Range.
This concise card provides a simple, effective reference

key for rapid identification of sounder base type during the
initial visual system analysis and needs assessment.
Product Codes
517.050.016
ID Card
Note: Cards must be ordered in multiples of 100.
Page 80

801RIL - Remote Indication LED
All detector bases have the ability to
drive a remote LED in the event that
the installed position of the detector
is not easily visible. The 801RIL is
primarily designed for LPCB
influenced markets but is compatible
with all 800 Series detectors.
Features
UK Single gang mounting
High intensity red LED
Product Code
516.800.908
801RIL remote indication LED
Detector Accessories
800HL - Indication Lamp

The 800HL remote indicator lamp
provides a larger indicator for use in
place of the RIL when longer
distances are involved or in VdS
influenced markets. Typically used to
indicate the source of an alarm in
buildings with long corridors eg.
Hotels, hospitals, apartments.
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.800.909
572.000
800HL indication lamp
800EM - Euro Mounting

The euro-mounting base provides a
matching back box, which allows the
standard MUB, and 801IB to be
ceiling mounted with conduit entries
for standard 18 and 21mm conduit.
Features
2 x 18mm conduit entries
2 x 21mm conduit entries
Fits all 5 Bases
Fitted with terminal, if more are
required use optional accessory
kit
Product Codes
517.050.604
EM5B mounting base
517.050.612
Base Accessory terminal kit
(pack of 10)
with 1 terminal. If more are required,

use the optional base accessory kit.
Product Codes
517.050.603
Deckhead mounting
517.050.612
Base accessory terminal kit
(pack of 10)
DHM-5B - Deck Head Mounting

Where the detectors are mounted in
humid and environmentally
challenging situations such as
marine or offshore installations, the
DHM 5B deck head mount provides
a sealed waterproof mounting which
protects the base electrical
connections. Can be screwed, bolted
or welded to the deckhead. Supplied
Features
4 x 20mm gland entries
Fits ALL 5 bases
IP55 with supplied gasket
Protective Detector Cage

Robust steel protective cage for
Series 600 and Series 800 detector
ranges using the 5 bases. Ideal for
schools and sporthalls or whenever
detectors need protection.
Product Code
517.050.614
CW-5B Detector Cage
Strong coated steel construction with

4 point fitting.
Page 81
Page 82
912SB UNIVERSAL UL SOUNDER BASE
602SB 2 WIRE LINE POWERED SOUNDER BASE
602SBD 2 WIRE LINE POWERED DIODE SOUNDER BASE
802SB MX LOW POWERED SOUNDER BASE
812SB LOOP POWERED UL SOUNDER BASE
516.800.911
516.800.912
577.001.036
577.001.038
516.800.910
516.800.913
516.800.912
577.001.036
577.001.038
516.800.910
516.800.913
1.2mA
1.2mA
1.2mA
1.2mA
24Vdc
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
6.8mA
6.8mA
6.8mA
6.8mA
6.8mA
6.8mA
CURRENT CONSUMPTION AT
90 dBA (MAXIMUM VOLUME)
LOOP
LOOP
DETECTION CIRCUIT
DETECTION CIRCUIT
24Vdc
NO
NO
601SB CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE
601SBD CONVENTIONAL DIODE SOUNDER BASE
901SB UNIVERSAL SOUNDER BASE
577.001.035
577.001.037
516.800.911
516.800.912
577.001.036
577.001.038
516.800.910
516.800.913
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
516.800.911
1.2mA
1.2mA
24Vdc
24Vdc
WHITE
WHITE
YELLOW
YELLOW
BLUE
BLUE
GREEN
GREEN
PARK CLIP
COLOUR
YES
YES
MARCH TIME BEEP(26)
21mA
21mA
100dBA (FIXED VOLUME)
DETECTOR REQUIRED
TO OPERATE
DUTCH SLOW TEMPORAL 4 SLOW SWEEP (3) MARCH TIME BEEP(25)

SWEEP (7)
577.001.037
68 dBA (MINIMUM VOLUME)
MX ONLY
MX ONLY
MXC ONLY
MXC ONLY
MINERVA ADDRESSABLE/MX
MINERVA ADDRESSABLE/MX
CONVENTIONAL ONLY
POWERED FROM
PART NO. DESCRIPTION
577.001.035
577.001.037
CONVENTIONAL ONLY
577.001.035
CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY
Sounder Base Compatibility Chart

.
MKII Sounder Base Application Table
516.800.911
516.800.912
577.001.036
577.001.038
516.800.910
516.800.913
(2) (3) (7) (9) (11) (14) (25) (26) = ROSHNI TONE NUMBER
577.001.037
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
577.001.035
FAST
SWEEP (2)
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
TEMPORAL 3 ALTERNATING 2(11) ALTERNATING 2 (9) CONTINUOUS(14)
YES
YES
CONTINUOUS
Sounder Base Compatibility Chart
MKII Sounder Base Application Table
Page 83
Chapter 7 - Duct Probe Air Sampling

Duct Probe Air Sampling
Duct Probe Units
Where smoke within duct work needs to be detected these duct probe units provide an economical solution, for use
with 600 and 800 series detectors. Where demanding environmental conditions exist, a stainless steel version is
available.
MP/SMP Duct Probe Units

The MP/SMP Duct Probe Units are designed to be installed in air
conditioning supply and exhaust ducts for the purpose of monitoring the
airflow for smoke and combustion products.
The MP69 and SMP69 probe units are designed to accept and operate
with the series 600 and 800 detectors. For general applications it is
recommended that photoelectric smoke detectors rather than ionisation
smoke detectors are used.
The SMP stainless steel probe unit is designed to withstand the more
demanding environments of the offshore oil and gas industries.
The units are designed to operate in airspeeds of 1.5 to 25 metres per
second. A range of sampling tubes from 525mm to 1575mm is available
Warning
Duct probe units sited in the common duct work
to several extract grills may fail to respond to
smoke from any one extract due to the effect of
dilution. The MP/SMP units will not respond to
airflow of less than 1.5m/sec.
Height
Width
Length
Weight
MP69
90mm
145mm
220mm
0.58Kg
Operating temperature:
-20C to +70C
Storage temperature:
-25C to +80C
Relative Humidity:
0 to 95%
MP69
"Bayblend" housing with
transparent polycarbonate
cover
SMP69
Stainless steel 316 housing
with transparent
polycarbonate cover
SMP69
90mm
150mm
225mm
1.2Kg
MP69 Duct Probe Air Sampling

Product Codes
517.025.036
MP69 Duct Probe unit and base for
Series 600/800 Detectors
517.001.035
DP450 Probe Tube and exhaust
517.001.036
DP600 Probe Tube 600mm and
exhaust
517.001.037
exhaust
517.001.038
exhaust
517.001.039
exhaust
517.001.040
exhaust

MP69 Duct Probe Unit
517.025.030
DPS750 Probe tube stainless steel
750mm and exhaust
517.025.031
900mm and exhaust
517.025.033
1500mm and exhaust

SMP69 Duct Probe Unit
Manual - Vol01B-06-D1 Detectors
Fire Manual
Manual - Vol01B-06-D1 Detectors

Fire Manual
SMP69 Duct Probe Air Sampling - Stainless Steel

Product Codes
517.025.035
SMP69 Stainless Steel Duct Probe
unit and universal detector base for
Series 600/800 Detectors.
517.025.028
and exhaust
517.025.029
600mm and exhaust
Page 84
Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection

VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
Vesda aspirating smoke detection provides a high sensitivity method for detection of fires at a very early stage - it is
ideal for computer rooms and other high risk and high value areas. The range of products ranges from the
Laserfocus for small risks up to the LaserPlus range of networkable 4 pipe panels.
Laser Based Absolute Smoke Detection

Very Early Warning of a Potential Fire Incident
Wide Sensitivity Range (0.025%-20% obs/m)
(0.008 - 6.4% obs/ft)
Detection Capabilities for smaller critical areas up to
500m
Dual Stage Dust Filtration
Programmable Alarm Thresholds
Reliable Air Flow Monitoring
Easy User Interaction
AutoLearn Smoke & Flow
Pre-engineerred Pipe Designs
Vesda LaserFOCUS Aspirating Smoke Detection

Incorporating detection methodology derived from its
VESDA predecessors - the LaserPLUS, LaserSCANNER
and LaserCOMPACT - the VESDA LaserFOCUS multiple
point air sampling technology works by utilising a highly
effective aspirator that continually draws air into its laser
detection chamber via a pipe network.
Accurate assessment of the air sample using calibrated

detection and long detector life expectancy, are assured
with patented dual stage filtration process that both
eliminates background noise and preserves the optical
integrity of the laser technology with its clean air bleed.
The result of which is an unchallenged detection process
able to provide reliable and consistent very early warning
smoke detection performance across a diverse range of
applications.
Product Codes
Supply Voltage:
Current Consumption:
516.018.020
Dimensions:
Weight:
IP Rating:
Operating Temp:
Sampled Air:
Humidity:
18 to 30 Vdc
220mA quiescent
295 mA alarm
255H x 185W x90Dmm
2 kg
IP30
0C to 40C
0C to 40C
5% to 95% (non condensing)
516.018.021
516.018.022
516.018.023
516.018.024
VLF-250 Vesda Laserfocus

(with English overlay)
(with European overlay)
VIC-010 LaserFocus Vesda
Network Card
(with English overlay)
(with European overlay)
Page 85
Vesda Laser Focus
Features
Vesda LaserCompact
Features
Reduced size
Absolute smoke detection
Wide sensitivity range
Single pipe inlet
Simple display
Referencing
VESDAnet communication (VN)
Dual stage dust filter
Three alarm levels
Configurable relays
Air flow monitoring
Optional remote display and relay capability
Simple mounting design
AutoLearnTM
VESDA LaserCOMPACTTM and VLC 800 MX Laser Compact

The LaserCOMPACT and VLC800 MX Laser compact
detector has been specifically designed to provide all the
benefits of aspirating smoke detection, including very early
warning, in single small areas and where space is a
premium.
This has been achieved through the combination of
approved LaserPLUS detection technology, dual stage
filtration technology and a modified aspirator design
incorporated in a smaller enclosure with simplified display.
LaserCOMPACT is available in two versions, one that

interfaces via relays only (RO) or across either the relays or
VESDAnetTM (VN).
The VLC 800MX Laser Compact is available with an in-built
MX interface to enable it to communicate directly with the
MX loop.
Product Codes
Supply Voltage:
UK
Europe
516.018.011
561.043
VLC-505 VESDA net Version (VN)
516.018.010
561.042
VLC-500 Relays Only Version (RO)
516.018.012
561.052
VLC800 MX Addressable Vesda Laser compact
(Compatible with MX Consys versions 2.1 and above)
Dimensions:
Weight:
Operating Temp:
Sampled Air:
Page 86
18 to 30Vdc
225mA quiescent,
245mA in alarm
225H x 225W x 85Dmm
1.9Kg
-10C to+ 39C
-20C to +60C

Features
Wide sensitivity range
Laser-based light source
4 Configurable alarm levels
Purpose built Aspirator
4 In-line Inlet pipes
Flow sensor for each inlet pipe
Wide range DC power
Low-cost maintenance
Dual stage filter
Easy access to filter cartridge
7 Software configurable relays
Recessed mounting
Multiple exhausts
LaserPLUS Standard Modular Range - LaserPLUS Detectors

The detector assembly contains the laser detection
chamber, high efficiency aspirator, monitored filter
cartridge, control electronics, and relay interface. The
detector assembly can be used as a distributed system,
with the display, programmer and VESDAnet socket
modules mounted in a remote location.
Alternatively, the detector assembly can be configured as a

self-contained system by replacing the detectors blank
panels with the display and/or programming modules.
516.018.002
(561.037)
VLP-002 LaserPLUS Detector and display
516.018.001
(561.036)
VLP-012 LaserPLUS Detector, programmer and
display
516.018.003
VLP-000 LaserPLUS Detector
516.018.013
(561.038)
VLP-400 LaserPLUS Detector with fire OK LED
Product Codes
Supply Voltage:
UK
Europe
516.018.001
561.036
VLP-012 LaserPLUS Detector, programmer and display
516.018.002
561.037
VLP-002 LaserPLUS Detector and display
516.018.013
561.038
VLP-400 LaserPLUS Detector with fire OK LED
516.018.003
VLP-000 LaserPLUS Detector
Dimensions:
Weight:
Operating Temp.:
Humidity:
18 to 30Vdc
(No display or programmer)
240mA quiescent plus 50mA
alarm (24Vdc & 3000 rpm)
225H x 350W x 125D mm
4.0Kg (including display and
programmer modules)
0C to + 39C
0-95% RH, non condensing
Page 87
Vesda Laserplus
Vesda LaserPlus Scanners
Features
Individual pipe annunciation

Adaptive scan threshold
Wide sensitivity range (0.005 to 20% obs/m)
Laser based light source
Configurable alarm levels
Purpose built Aspirator
4 In-Line inlet pipes
Flow sensor for each pipe inlet
Low-cost maintenance
Dual stage filter
Easy access to filter cartridge
Recessed mounting
LaserPLUS Scanners - 7 & 12 Relay Output Variants

VESDA LaserPLUS is also available in a Scanner
configuration, which allows the system to distinguish and
identify the pipe carrying smoke, while sampling multiple
sectors.
The VESDA LaserPLUS will continue to sample from all

sectors to monitor the fire growth and maintain full
protection.
VLS-214-FD7 Scanner
Product Codes
UK
Europe
516.018.004
561.044
VLS-214 FD7 Scanner, programmer
and display with 7 relays.
516.018.007
561.039
VLS-314 FD12 Scanner, programmer
and display with 12 relays
VLS-200 FD7 Scanner

Product Codes
UK
Europe
516.018.006
VLS-200 FD7 Scanner
516.018.016
561.046
VLS-600 FD7 Scanner with Fire OK LED
516.018.009
VLS-300 FD12 Scanner
516.018.019
561.041
VLS-700 FD12 Scanner with Fire OK
LED
Product Codes
UK
Europe
516.018.005
561.045
VLS-204 FD7 Scanner and display
with 7 relays.
516.018.008
561.040
VLS-304 FD12 Scanner and display
with 12 relays
VLS-204 FD7
Product Codes
UK
Europe
516.018.004
561.044
VLS-214 FD7 Scanner, programmer and display with 7
relays.
Dimensions:
516.018.007
561.039
Weight:
VLS-314 FD12 Scanner, programmer and display with 12
relays
Operating Temp.:
516.018.005
561.045
Humidity:
VLS-204 FD7 Scanner and display with 7 relays.
Relay Outputs:
516.018.008
561.040
VLS-304 FD12 Scanner and display with 12 relays
516.018.006
VLS-200 FD7 Scanner
516.018.016
561.046
VLS-600
FD7
Scanner
with Fire OK LED
Datasheet - Product Code PSF105 VESDA
516.018.009
LaserPLUS
VLS-300 FD12 Scanner
516.018.019
561.041
VLS-700 FD12 Scanner with Fire OK LED
Page 88
Supply Voltage:
Current consumption:
18 to 30Vdc
(No display or programmer)
alarm (24Vdc & 3000 rpm)
225H x 350W x 125D mm
4.0Kg including display and
programmer modules
0C to + 39C
7 or 12

Optional Remote Displays
Features
Remote Displays and Modules

A display module monitors the VESDA LaserPLUS
detector. It reports a visual representation of smoke levels,
and all alarm and fault conditions. The internal sounder
warns personnel in the local area that an alarm threshold
has been reached, or a fault has occurred.
It has a 20 segment vertical bar graph, a 2-digit numerical

display, an audible sounder and clear alarm and fault
indicators. It also has 4 push buttons to control the
detector and the mode of the display.
Displays can be located at a convenient location - either
within the detector module, or remotely on the VESDAnet.
For monitoring convenience, multiple displays can be
associated with a single detector.
VRT-400,700 & 800

Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.018.104
VRT-400 Remote scan display
including 7 relays
516.018.107
571.083
VRT-700 Remote scanner display no relays
516.018.108
VRT-800 Remote scanner display
with 12 relays
VRT-200,600,J00 and K00 displays

Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.018.102
VRT-200 Remote display
including 7 relays
516.018.106
571.082
VRT-600 Remote detector displayno relays
516.018.119
VRT-J00 Compact Display c/w 7
relays
516.018.120
VRT-K00 Compact Display no relays
VRT-300
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.018.103
571.104
VRT-300 Remote VESDAnet socket
VRT-100
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.018.101
571.084
VRT-100 Remote programmer
Supply Voltage:
18-30Vdc (when used in

detector unit, Remote unit or
19 rack)
alarm @24Vdc - (module
only)/90mA quiescent plus
Dimensions:
Operating Temp.:
Humidity:
20mA alarm @24Vdc

(in remote mounting box)
150H x 140W x 90D mm
0C to +39C
Page 89
Vesda Remote Displays
Four alarm levels (Alert/Action, Fire 1 & Fire 2)

20 segment vertical bar graph
Alarm threshold indicators
(Alert, Action & Fire 1)
Audio and visual indication
Alarm indicators
Informative fault indicators
Multi-mode numeric display(defaults to smoke
obscuration)
Acknowledged push-button presses
Multiple language supported
Addressable to any detector

LaserPLUS Standard 19 Inch Sub-Rack Remote Display Assemblies
The 19 sub-rack is available as a
mounting option, with 4 mounting
slots for display or programming
modules.
Dimensions: 128H x 482W x 120D
mm
Product Codes
516.018.201
VSR-2000 19 Sub-rack with 1
detector display and 3 blanks
516.018.203
VSR-2210 19 Sub-rack, 2 detector
displays, programmer and 1 blank
516.018.204
detector displays and programmer
516.018.206
detector displays
Vesda Ancillaries
LaserPLUS Components for Ordering Custom Built Remote Display Sub-racks

Sub-rack configurations other than
those available as standard can be
supplied as custom built units. The
sub-rack and cost of assembly are
included in the VSR-CUSTOM.
The configuration of the custom built
unit must be specified at time of
ordering (e.g. 2 x VSU-0 and 2 x
VSU-2 configured as VSR-0022)
Note: The order of the numbers (e.g.
0022) indicates the order in which
the sub-units will be mounted in the
sub-rack housing when looking from
the front of the unit - from left to right
Product Codes
516.018.260
VSU-0 Blank Sub-unit
516.018.261
VSU-1 Programmer sub-unit
516.018.262
VSU-2 Detector display sub-unit
plus 7 relays
516.018.264
VSU-4 Scanner display sub-unit plus
7 relays
516.018.265
VSU-5 Blank sub-unit with 7 relays
516.018.214
VSU-E Blank scanner sub-unit with 7
relays
516.018.268
VSU-8 Scanner display sub-unit with
12 relays
516.018.269
VSU-9 Blank display sub-unit with 12
relays
516.018.219
VSU-J Compact display sub-unit
plus 7 relays
516.018.210
VSR-CUSTOM Custom sub-rack
housing includes cost of custom
building 4 VSU sub-rack units.
LaserPLUS Standard 19 Inch Rack Remote Display Assemblies

Standard rack enclosures are
available to fit 2 (see picture) or 5
sub-rack assemblies.
Dimensions:
020-052 400H x 600W x 220D mm
020-055 800H x 600W x 220D mm
020-050 300H x 400W x 140D mm
Product Codes
516.018.301
020-052 19 Rack enclosure (2 rows)
516.018.302
020-055 19 Rack enclosure (5 rows)
516.018.303
020-050 IP65 Enclosure
LaserPLUS Ancillaries & Power Supply Unit

A variety of other ancillaries are
available. Configuration software is
available from vision systems
website www.vesda.com.
Product Codes
UK
EUROPE
516.018.402
571.086
VHX-0200 PC link HLI plus leads
(MK2)
516.018.407
VESDA 24Vd.c 2A Power supply
and charger
UK
EUROPE
516.018.401
571.085
VHH-100 Hand held programmer
plus leads
LaserPLUS Spares
The following common VESDA
LaserPLUS spares are kept in stock
by Tyco Safety Products. Other
spares can be supplied if required.
Product Codes
516.018.501
VSP-002 Display (spare)
516.018.502
VSP-004 Scanner display (spare)
516.018.503
VSP-001 Programmer (spare)
516.018.505
Page 90
VSP-019 Filter cover door (spare)

516.018.506
VSP-006 Spare detector chassis and
manifold
516.018.508
VSP-008 Spare remote termination
card 7 relays
516.018.509
VSP-009 Spare scanner chassis and
manifold
516.018.514
VSP-014 Spare header termination
card 7 relays
516.018.515
VSP-015 Spare aspirator fan
516.018.504
VSP-005 Filter cartridge (spare)

VESDA International Language Decals
All VESDA LaserPLUS products are
currently supplied from stock in Tyco
grey with English labels and
software. Labels can be easily
changed to any of the languages
below.
Alternatively, where large quantities

are involved Tyco Safety Products
can arrange for special delivery of
pre-labelled products - extra delivery
time must be allowed.
Product Codes
516.018.270
VESDA Scanner Swedish Language
571.088
VESDA Scanner German Language
571.087
VESDA Detector
Vesda Ancillaries
Page 91

Vesda Pipe and Fittings
Vesda Aspirating Pipe & Fitting
VESDA Aspirating Pipe & Fittings are a metric standard of 25mm external diameter with suitable adaptors available
for imperial to metric conversions. (British Standard approved pipes BS5391 Part 1 1976 and BS5391 Part 1 1976 for
fittings).
The British manufactured pipe is produced in red ABS under a stringent quality control approved to BS EN ISO9001,
which covers all aspects of product design, manufacture and inspection.
Features
Toughness and durability

Chemical resistance
Easy to joint
Low Friction
Wide temperature range
Lightweight
Red colour for easy identification
VESDA Aspirating Pipe & Fittings

Pipe 25mm diameter
VESDA aspirating pipe, printed along
its length on opposite side at 450mm
intervals.
3 m length pipe
Order in multiples of 10.
Product Code
516.018.901
Pipe 25mm diameter
Socket 25mm
Straight socket for 25mm pipe.
Product Code
516.018.902
Socket to 25mm
Socket union 25mm

Socket union to facilitate servicing of
pipework. Order in multiples of 1.
Product Code
516.018.903
Socket union 25mm
Socket Adaptor 25mm to 3/4

Socket adaptor, imperial to metric, to
extend existing systems.
Order in multiples of 5
Product Code
516.018.909
Socket Adaptor 25mm to 3/4
90 degree Long Radius bend

Product Code
516.018.904
Long Radios bend 90
Bend 25mm
Page 92

Elbow 25mm
45 deg elbow
Product Code
516.018.905
Elbow 25mm
End cap 25mm

Product Code
516.018.906
End cap 25mm
End Cap 25mm
Equal Tee 25mm

Product Code
516.018.907
Equal Tee 25mm
Pipe Clip 25mm

Product Code
516.018.908
Pipe Clip 25mm
Pipe Clip 25mm
Solvent Cement (0.25I Tin)

Solvent cement
Product Code
516.018.910
Solvent cement
Capillary Tube Conical Sample Point Assembly

Capillary Tube Conical Sample Point
Assembly.
25mm socket adaptor + 2m capillary
tube (tube colour - red)
Product Code
516.018.911
Capillary Tube Conical Sample Point
Assembly.
Capillary Tube Flush Sample Point Assembly

Capillary Tube Flush Sample Point
Assembly. 25mm socket adaptor +
2m capillary tube (tube colour - red)
Product Code
516.018.912
Capillary Tube Flush Sample Point
Assembly
Capillary Tube 10 mm
10mm o/d x 30m length
(tube colour - red)
Product Code
516.018.915
Pipe Cutter
Product Code
516.018.918
Pipe Cutter
Pipe Ties (Red)

Product Code
516.018.920
Pipe Ties (Red)
Pipe Cutters
Pipe Ties
Page 93
Equal Tee 25mm

Sampling Point Label (1 reel)
Sampling point label. Order in
multiples of 100.
Product Code
517.017.005
Sampling point label.
Pipe Label (1reel)
Pipe Label. Order in multiples of 100.
Product Code
517.017.006
Pipe Label
Pipework designs for Vesda Systems must be verified by the use of the Aspire pipework Design
Software Tool . Available for download from Vision systems Website at www.vesda.com.
Page 94
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards

Special Hazards
Tyco Safety Products manufacturers and provides a wide range of equipment suitable for use in hazardous
equipment, where normal equipment cannot be safely used. The range extends from IS detectors for use on
conventional system to flameproof and I.S. flame detectors for use in the most demanding of environments.
A complete range of Barriers, Housing, callpoints and Sounders is available to fully support the product range.
Flame Detection
Page 95

Special Hazards Detectors - ATEX Approved
The MINERVA S200 PLUS flame detectors are the latest Infrared solar blind and multi-channel infra-red flame
detectors with low power consumption and high false alarm immunity.
S200+ Flame Detectors
The MINERVA S200 PLUS range of advanced flame detectors is the most comprehensive range available.
Features
Triple waveband infrared solar blind flame detection for
optimum false alarm immunity
Unrivalled black body rejection over a wide range of
source temperatures
Range adjustable to 50 metres for a 0.1m2 petrol pan fire
Discrimination of optical faults (dirty windows) from other
faults by the built-in self test feature
Housing designed for easy installation of cabling
Models also available with relay or 4-20mA outputs
Patented dual filter solar blindness for complete solar
blindness
100field of view on IS versions 90 field of view on
Flameproof versions
S200 Plus Triple IR Solar Blind Flame Detector

Unlike other flame detectors on the market the MINERVA
S200 PLUS is available in both Intrinsically Safe (EEx ia)
and Flameproof (EEx d) models.
The intrinsically safe models are suffixed by the letter " i "
and are ATEX Certified EEx ia IIC T5. As part of an
intrinsically safe circuit, it is suitable for zones 0,1 and 2
where group IIC gases or lesser hazards can be

continuously present in explosive concentrations.
The flameproof models are suffixed by the letter "f" and are
ATEX Certified EEx d IIC T6. The detectors are suitable for
zones 1 and 2 where group IIC gases or lesser hazards
can be intermittently present in explosive concentrations.
Product Codes
Detector Material:
Dimensions:
Weight:
Gland Entry:
Range:
517.001.266
517.001.263
Operating Temp:
Response Time:
Sensitivity:
Relative Humidity:
Enclosure to:
Stainless Steel 316L/316

167H x 167W x 89D MM
4.5Kg
2 x 20mm
0.1m2 petrol at 50m
0.4m2 petrol at 60m
-40 to +80C
Field Selectable 3,6 and 12s
3 range settings
95% (100% intermittent)
IP 66 and IP 67
Datasheet - Product Code PSF102 Minerva S200 Plus Series
For information on flame detector test equipment, please

refer to the detector test equipment section.
Approvals
Various models are certified by a number of approval
bodies including those listed below. Please refer to the
Website for details.
ATEX Approved models have a suffix 1 as the third digit.
FM Approved models have a suffix 2 as the third digit.
NSTC
LPCB
LRS
DNV
KFEIC
SSL MCA
Page 96
S200+ Spares Kit & Sealant

S200+ Weather Protection Assembly

S200 Plus Triple IR Solar Blind Flame Detector
S200+ Flame Detectors
Additional Features
Flexible mounting and angular adjustment
2 x 20mm field cable entries
IP66/67 housing designed for external use
Rugged 316 stainless steel housing and mounting bracket
Operating temperature range of -40 to + 80C
Variable response times and sensitivity settings
Remote self test and range setting
True window test in detection area (i.e. not in the edge of the
window)
Terminals provided for Remote LED connection where relevant
BASEEFA (CENELEC) certified
Meets the requirements of EN54 Pt10
FM, DNV and LRS certified
Very low power consumption (0.35mA)
Models available with Conventional or Analogue Addressable
interface (requires 2 core cable only)
Approvals
Interface
Conventional
S231i+
S231f+
S232f+
4-20mA
ATEX
Addressable
Relay
Ex ia
FM
Ex d
516.037.004

516.037.003

S241i+
S241f+

S251f+
S262f+

S271f+
516.039.004

S271i+
516.038.003
S261f+
516.037.015
516.038.004
S251i+
Product Codes
Ex d
516.039.003
516.040.002

516.040.012
516.041.004
516.041.003
Page 97
S131 Flame Detectors
Features
No false alarms from welding, sunlight or high intensity
lamps
Low maintenance costs
Quick response to carbon fires
Good performance (20m)
Completely solar-blind for use outdoors
High sensitivity with exceptional interference rejection
ATEX approved EEx ia IIC T5
Housing protection to IP65
2 core interface to conventional fire systems
Built in response indicator
High immunity to smoke, dust and grime
S131 Infra Red Flame Detector, Solar Blind

The S131 is a single sensor infra-red flame detector with
optical filtering, suitable for use outdoors in a wide range
of applications.
window in a GRP anti-static housing which provides

protection against water ingress under sustained, high
wind driven conditions. It is completely blind to solar
radiation whether direct, reflected or modulated.
Specifically designed for use in the demanding

environments of the onshore petro-chemical industry, the
S131 detector incorporates an abrasion resistant sapphire
Product Codes
Material:
Dimensions:
516.009.023
517.001.146
G.R.P. Anti-static, black

160H x 160W x 90D mm
(without bracket)
Weight:
2.85 Kg (including bracket)
Gland Entry:
2 x 20mm
Range:
0.1m2 petrol at 20m
0.4m2 petrol at 40m
Field of View:
90 min inclusive
Response Time: 3 secs min
5-10 secs typical
Supply Voltage: 15.5 to 25.5Vdc
Quiescent Current: 100a max at 20Vdc
Alarm Current: 60mA max
Operating Temp: -30C (-40C with reduced
range) to +70C
Storage Temp: -40C to + 80C
Relative Humidity:95% (100% intermittent)
Enclosure to:
IP65
Classification:
ATEX EEx ia IIC T5
Suitable for use in zones 0,1
and 2 where group IIC
gasses or lesser hazards
are present in explosive
concentrations.
Page 98
S131 Infra-red flame detector solar blind

S131/S161 Spare Gasket Kit (Pk5)
Datasheet - Product Code PSF58 S131 Flame Detector

Manual - Vol01A-04-D4 Detectors Fire Manual

Features
Approved for use in zone 1 & 2 areas (GP11\C Gases)
Adaptor plate to ensure perfect alignment
Product Codes
Material:
Weight:
Supply Voltage:
Operating Temp.
Humidity:
Enclosure:
Classification:
592.001.016
Glass filled polyester

0.8kg
9Vdc
110C to + 50C
95% (Non Condensing)
IP54
Atex EEx e ib 11CT4. Suitable for use in
zones 1 & 2 where group 11C gases or
lesser hazards are sometimes present in
explosive concentrations.
592.001.014
592.001.010
T210+ Test source for use with

(517.001.224) Solo 704 Adaptor Tube B
and Solo 100/101 Poles
(517.001.230/226)
T210+Adaptor required for the T210+ to
be used with S200 and S200 Plus Flame
detectors
T110 PP9 Battery and Charger Kit
Datasheet - Product Code PSF060 T110/T210 Test Source

Manual - Vol01A-01-G1 Detectors Fire Manual
S100 Series Test Equipment

Product Codes
592.001.012
T110 Test Source for use with
(517.001.224) Solo 704 adaptor tube
B and Solo 100/101 poles
(517.001.230/226)
592.001.010
T110 PP9 Battery and Charger kit
592.001.011
T110 Carrying case
592.001.018
T110 Adaptor for series 600 and 800
flame detectors
592.001.005
T110 Adaptor for S131/161 Detectors
S100/200 Series Flame Detectors Mounting Bracket

Weight:
1.1Kg
Dimensions:
202H x 130W x
72D mm
Construction:
SS316 to
BS1449 Pt. 2
Axial Rotation:
Elevation:
Fixing:
360o
80o
M8 bolts
Product Code
517.001.184
Flame detector bracket assembly
(Stainless Steel) for use with all
S100/200 Series detectors
Page 99
Flame Detection Test Equipment
S200 Series Test Equipment

Features
UV/IR Flame Detection
UV and UV/IR versions

Automatic Built IN Test (BIT)
User programmable configuration
Standard relay and 4-20mA outputs
MTBF minimum of 100,000 Hrs
Spectrex SharpEyeTM UV and UV/IR Flame Detectors

These detectors allow UV and UV/IR flame detection to be
offered where specifically specified or in the few
applications where the S200 Plus Triple IR flame detector
is not suitable, such as metal fires.
The stocklised Spectrex SharpEyeTM are available with
automatic built in test (BIT), Relay and 4-20mA output and
2 x M25 gland entries. The SharpEyeTM flame detectors are
optically based self contained, microprocessor controlled
ultravoilet/infrared (UV/IR) and ultraviolet (UV) flame
detectors.
Environmental protection is IP66 and IP67 to EN60529 and

also meets the requirements of MIL-STD-810C.
These models have ATEX certification EX II 2 G, EExd IIB
+ H2 T4 (85C)
Both models are housed in a robust heavy duty copper

free (less than 1% ) Aluminium enclosure finished in with
epoxy enamel.
Product Codes
Operating Temperature: -40C to +85 C

Storage Temperature:
-55C to +85 C
Weight - 3.7Kg
Dimensions 120 x 132 x 132mm
516.060.040
SharpEye 20/20 UB - Atex certified UV

flame detector with built in test,
Aluminium Housing, M25 cable entries,
calibrated to 85 C
516.060.041
SharpEye 20/20 LB - Atex certified UV/IR

flame detector with built in test,
Aluminium Housing, M25 cable entries,
calibrated to 85 C
516.060.010
Spectrex 20/20-03 Stainless steel

mounting bracket
516.060.011
Spectrex 20/20-311Test Source
516.060.012
Spectrex Rain cover for UV and UV/IR

detectors (Stainless Steel)
Page 100

System 800 Fire Detection for Hazardous Areas
Complete range of ATEX certified detectors suitable for use in Zone 0,1,& 2 Areas. MX digital addressable for use on
Minerva MX Fire Controllers.
There is a risk of fire or explosion in all areas containing

flammable substances in the form of liquids, gasses, dust or
materials. Where these combustible materials are mixed with
air in sufficient concentration they form a flammable
atmosphere and the areas containing them are designated
Hazardous Areas. When a source of ignition, such as a spark,
is applied in a hazardous area, an explosion could take place.
Electrical equipment supplied for use in Hazardous Areas
must comply with requirements to ensure that its introduction
into the area does not increase the existing risk. System 800
is an MX TechnologyTM Intrinsically Safe (I.S) system for use in
Hazardous Areas which can be connected to the MX Fire
Detection Systems installed in the Safe Areas.
The System designer must be familiar with
BS EN60079-14, EN50, and ATEX certification and have
successfully completed an appropriate recognised course
in Intrinsic Safety. Design of the system requires that the
designer has all the information concerning the installation
correctly documented. The nature of the hazard must be
defined by the customer and a survey carried out to
determine the proximity of the safe area to establish cable
runs.
The probability of a flammable mixture being present is
defined by a zone number. Flammable gasses are
classified in Groups and their minimum spontaneous
ignition temperature is categorised by Class. Tyco Safety
Products supplied equipment marked EEx ia IIC T5 would
be suitable for use in worst case conditions. E.G. Zone 0
(ia), Hydrogen (IIc), T5 (100 deg C). The Fire Alarm
Equipment and Safety Barriers should be placed as near
Addressable I.S. MX Technology

Compatible with S271i+ flame detector
Compatible I.S. callpoint.
Atex certified intrinsically safe Ex II 1 G System
Suitable for use in Zone 0, 1 & 2
as possible to the containment wall of the Hazardous Area.

This minimises the cable lengths between the barrier and
the Hazardous Area and thus the capacity to store energy.
In order that an Installation will comply with the ATEX
certification designated for each system, it is essential that
the certified devices are connected with cables of the
specified limits. These limits have been certified for
specific classifications of hazard in order that energy
storage is limited.
The number of devices connected to the barrier and
located in the Hazardous Area must always be limited to
not more than the listed maximum.
The use of the MX designer Software tool will ensure
correct loop loading and its use is essential to the design
process.
System 800 is for use in MX Technology Addressable Fire
detection circuits.
Manual Vol17A Detection Fire Manual
*Section is indicated next to the product code.
Datasheet PSF129
Manual 17A-02-DETEx
Page 101
Intrinsically Safe Addressable Detection
Features

801PHEx Smoke and Heat Detector
Intrinsically Safe Addressable Detection
The 801PHEx Intrinsically Safe

Optical Smoke & Heat Detector
forms part of the 800Ex Intrinsically
Safe Series of MX Addressable Fire
Detectors, The detector plugs into
an MUBEx base.
The mode of detector may be:
. Optical smoke only detector
(sentisivity High, Normal or Low)
. HPO smoke detector (sensitivity
High, Normal or Low)
. Heat only rate-of-rise (A1R)
detector (no sensitivity selection)
.
.
Heat fixed temperature 60C (A2S

(no sensitivity selection)
Optical (sensitivity High, Normal
or Low) combined with heat fixed
temperature 60C (A2S)
HPO (sensitivity High, Normal or
Low) combined with heat fixed
temperature 60C
(A2S)
ATEX Code Ex II 1G
Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
Weight 0.2Kg detector and base
(approx)
Operating Temp Range -10C to
+55C
Storage Temp. -20C to +55C
Relative Humidity 90% noncondensing
Product Code
516.800.530.
801PHEx Optical Smoke + Heat
Detector:
Manual Vol 17A-02-PHEX
801CHEx CO & Heat Detector

The 801 CHEx Intrinsically Safe
Carbon Monoxide plus Heat Detector
forms part of the 800Ex Intrinsically
Safe Series of MX Addressable Fire
Detectors. The detector plugs into
an MUBEx base. the mode of
detector may be:
. Heat only detector (A1R or A2S)
(sensitivity: High, Normal or Low)
. Compensated Carbon Monoxide
detector (sensitivity: High Normal
or Low)
. Compensated Carbon Monoxide
detector (sensitivity: High or
Normal) combined with heat

(A1R)
ATEX Coce:
Ex II 1G
Celenec Code:
EEX ia IIC T5
Weight:
0.2Kg detector
and base
(approx)
Operating Temp. Range
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp.
-20C to +55C
Relative Humidity
90% non
condensing.
Product Code
516.800.531
801CHEx Carbon Monoxide + Heat
Detector:
Manual Vol 17A-02-CHEX
801HEx Heat Detector

The 801HEx Intrinsically Safe Heat
Detector forms part of the 800Ex
Intrinsically Safe Series of MX
Addressable Fire Detectors. The
detector plugs into an MUBEx base.
.
.
.
.
.
EN54-5 A1R, rate-ofrise normal

ambient
EN54-5 A2S, fixed 60C
EN54-5 CR, rate-of-rise high
ambient;
ATEX Code: Ex II 1G
ATEX Coce:
Ex II 1G
Celenec Code:
EEX ia IIC T5
Weight 0.2Kg detector and base
(approx)
Operating Temp. Range
-10C to
+55C
Storage Temp.
- 20C to
+55C
Relative Humidity
90% non
condensing
Product Code
516.800.532
801HEx Heat Detector
Manual Vol 17A-02-HEX
801FEx Flame Detector

The 801FEx point type flame
detector forms part of the MX
Technologyrange of digital
addressable fire detectors. The
detector plugs into an MUBEx base.
The 801FEx is a full featured solar
blind flame detectors and can detect
a 0.1m2 fire at a range of 20m.
Weight:
0.2Kg detector
and base
(approx)
Operating Temp.
Range
-20C to
+70C
Storage Temp.
-40C to +80C
Relative Humidity
90% noncondensing.
ATEX code:Ex II 1G
Cenelec code: EEx ia IIC T4.
Page 102
Product Code
516.800.066
801FEx MX I.R. Flame Detector
516.800.067
811FEx M MX Marine I.R. Flame
Detector
Manual Vol 17A-02-FEX

IS28 Banshee Sounder
The IS28 MK4 intrinsically safe
banshee sounder has been
developed for use in hazardous
areas.
Up to a maximum of four sounders
may be connected to one I.S.
sounder driver. Each IS28 banshee
has an output of 94dBA at one
metre, this sound output will reduce
to approximately 90dBA when four

sounders are fitted to a circuit.
Features
ATEX Certification number
ITS03ATEX213311X to II G
EEX Ia IIC T5
Product Code
576.501.013
IS28 MK 4 Banshee BS5839 Low
Frequency ATEX Certified
Intrinsically Safe - Grey Sounder
The CP840Ex Intrinsically Safe

Weatherproof Break Glass Callpoint
is designed to monitor and signal
the condition of the switch contact
associated with the break glass.
The callpoint is designed to comply

with EN 50 014 and EN 50 020 for
intrinsically safe apparatus. It is
certified:
Product Code
514.800.513
CP840Ex MX Digital Address
Breakglass Callpoint
ATEX Code: Ex II1G

IF800Ex Interface Module

The Intrinsically Safe IF800EX
Interface Module is designed to
monitor fire contacts such as
sprinkler flow switches. The IF800Ex
is contained within a grey
compression moulded glass filled
polyester box with 2 x 20mm cable
gland holes.
The electronic components are

mounted on a double sided printed
circuit board built into a potted
module formed from a plastic
moulding. Connectivity is via two
terminal blocks fitted to the PCB.
Product Code
514.001.062
IF800Ex MX Digital Addressable
Interface Module Assembly:
ATEX Code: Ex II1G

EXI800 Interface Module & Galvanic Isolators

The EXI800 Interface Module, used
with a galvanic isolator, provides a
path for an MX panel to transparently
communicate to slave devices
(800Ex Detectors, IF800Ex, Interface
Module or CP840Ex Addressable
Break Glass Callpoint) connected to
the Intrinsically Safe loop. The
interface reduces the standard MX
loop supply voltage and signalling
currents to levels that are
acceptable for hazardous areas.
The EXI800 can detect a short
circuit of the left-loop, the right-loop,
or the IS spur and will isolate the
offending circuit from the other loop
connections. The IS loop output of

the EXI800 interfaces with the
Pepper+Fuchs KFDO-CS-Ex1.54
Galvanic Isolator supplying loop
voltage and signalling currents to the
Intrinsically safe Loop. The EXI800
is supplied complete with one
service tool EX dongle that is
required to activate address
programming using the standard MX
service tool. The MTL 5021 Isolating
sounder driver enables an
intrinsically safe sounder device
located in the hazardous area, to be
controlled from the safe area. The
MTL 5021 has one channel and is
suitable for connecting suitable

certified loads in Zone 0,IIC, T4-6
hazardous areas.
The MTLDX Series enclosure

equipment will house the EXI800
20mm pitch), Pepper+Fuchs KFDOCS-Ex1.54 Galvanic Isolator (20mm
pitch) and MTL 5021 I.S. Sounder
driver 16-2 m pitch). The units are
DIN Rain mounted with 70mm of rail
supplied in the with the DX070 and
170mm of rail in the DX170.
Enclosures are usually selected on

the number of units they will
accommodate. The following table
shows the capacity of each of the
enclosure types.
Product Codes
517.001.248
DX070 Enclosure
517.001.247
DX170 Enclosure
Product Codes
514.001.063
EXI800 Interface Module
517.001.259
Pepper+Fuchs KFD0-CS-EX1.54
Galvanic Isolator
557.203.008
Spare Service Tool Ex Dongle:
517.001.245
MTL 5021 I. S. Sounder driver
IS Barrier
Enclosure
MTL5000 isolators 16mm Pitch
MTL7000 barriers 7.5mm Pitch
DX070
4(2*)
9(5*)
DX170
10 (8*)
22(18*)
* Use these figures when two IMB57 mounting brackets for tagging/earth rail accessories are included.
Page 103
Intrinsically Safe Ancillaries
CP840EX Break Glass Callpoint

System 620 Fire Detection for Hazardous Areas
Intrinsically Safe Conventional Detection
Complete range of ATEX certificated detectors suitable for use in Zones 0,1 and 2 Areas for use on conventional
panels.
Features
Conventional I.S. system

Suitable for worst case (EEx ia IIC T5)
Tyco High Performance Optical (HPO) smoke detector
Compatible with S231i+ flame detector
Compatible I.S. callpoint
System 620 Fire Detection

There is a risk of fire or explosion in all areas containing
flammable substances in the form of liquids, gasses, dust
or materials. Where these combustible materials are mixed
with air in sufficient concentration they form a flammable
atmosphere and the areas containing them are designated
Hazardous Areas. When a source of ignition, such as a
spark, is applied in a hazardous area, an explosion could
take place. Electrical equipment supplied for use in
Hazardous Areas must comply with requirements to ensure
that its introduction into the area does not increase the
existing risk. System 620 is an Intrinsically Safe (I.S.)
system for use in Hazardous Areas which can be
connected to a conventional fire Alarm Controller installed
in the Safe Areas..
The System Designer must be familiar with
BS EN 60079-14 , EN50 and ATEX certification and have
successfully completed an appropriate recognised course
in Intrinsic Safety. Design of the system requires that the
designer has all the information concerning the installation
correctly documented. The nature of the hazard must be
defined by the customer and a survey carried out to
determine the proximity of the safe area to establish cable
runs.
The probability of a flammable mixture being present is
defined by a Zone Number. Flammable gases are classified
in Groups and their minimum spontaneous ignition
temperature is categorised by Class. Tyco Safety Products
supplied equipment marked EEx ia IIc T5 would be suitable
for use in worst case conditions. Eg. Zone 0 (ia), Hydrogen
(IIc), T5 (100 deg C). The Fire Alarm Equipment and Safety
Page 104
Barriers should be placed as near as possible to the

containment wall of the Hazardous Area. This minimises
the cable lengths between the barrier and the Hazardous
Area and thus the capacity to store energy.
In order that an Installation will comply with the ATEX
certification designated for each system it is essential that
the certified devices are connected with cables of the
specified limits. These limits have been certified for specific
classifications of hazard in order that energy storage is
limited.
The number of devices connected to the barrier and
located in the Hazardous Area must always be limited to
not more than the listed maximum.
When a mixture of devices is connected to any one zone
the numbers must be reduced in proportion to the ratio of
the load presented to the barrier. When a System includes
the use of an S231i+, it must be remembered that the
load it presents to the circuit is twice that of a detector. A
mixture of large and small load devices connected to a
zone will require a calculation for the number of allowed
detectors.
System 620
System 620 is for use in conventional fire detection circuits.
Two Sounder Systems, (one earthed and one isolated), are
available and either can be used with System 620.
Manual - Vol01B* Detectors Fire Manual
* Section is indicated next to the product code.

High Performance Optical Smoke
burning alcohol or other clean
burning liquids which do not
generate smoke particles.
If environmental conditions rule out

the use of smoke detectors, then a
heat detector of the type
MD601Ex/MD611Ex may provide an
acceptable, though less sensitive,
alternative. For general use, and
particularly where the ambient
temperature may be low, a 'Rate-ofRise' heat sensor is to be preferred.
This type of sensor reacts to
abnormally high rates of change of
temperature and provides the fastest
response over a wide range of
ambient temperatures. A fixed

temperature limit is also incorporated
in these detectors.
In many environments, e.g. kitchens
and boiler rooms, sudden, large
changes in temperature are
considered 'normal'. Rate-of-rise
detectors are generally not suitable in
these cases and fixed temperature
[static] types should be used.
ATEX Code:
Ex II 1G
Cenelec Code:
EEx ia IIC T5
Operating Temp Range:
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp:
-20C to +55C
Relative Humidity:
90% noncondensing
Product Code
516.054.011.Y (Vol 01B-04-D12)
MR601TEX Conventional High
Performance Optical Smoke Detector
Heat Detectors
ATEX Code :
Cenelec Code:
Ex II 1G
EEx ia IIC T5
Operating Temp Range

-10C to +55C
Storage Temp.
-20C to +55C
Relative Humidity
90% noncondensing
Product Codes
516.052.051.Y (Vol 01B-04-D11)
MD601EX Conventional Rate of Rise
Heat Detector
516.052.041.Y (Vol 01B-04-D11)
MD611EX Conventional Fixed
Temperature Heat Detector
Flame Detectors
Flame detectors, unlike smoke and
heat detectors, do not rely on
convection to transport the fire
products to the detector nor do they
rely on a ceiling to trap the products.
They can therefore be used to
protect large open areas without
sacrificing speed of response to
flaming fires. In order to ensure full
coverage however, flame detectors
do require direct line of sight to all
parts of the protected area.
Infra-red flame detectors such as the
601FEx are designed to respond
rapidly to fires which involve clean-
burning fuels such as alcohol or

methane, i.e. fires which would not
be detected by smoke detectors. The
601FEx Flame Sensor, by virtue of its
operating wavelength and flicker
discrimination is insensitive to normal
environmental influences. For
outdoor use a solar-blind detector
[e.g. the S200 Plus] should be used.
The 601FEx Flame detector should,
normally, only be used inside
buildings to supplement heat and
smoke detectors.
ATEX Code:
Ex II 1G D
Cenelec Code:
EEx ia IIC T5
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp:
-20C to +55C
Relative Humidity:
90% noncondensing
complex structures such as atria

and warehouses, where positioning
of smoke detectors is difficult.
ATEX Code :
Ex II 1G
Cenelec Code:
EEx ia IIC T5
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp:
-20C to +55C
Relative Humidity:
90% noncondensing
Product Code
516.058.002.Y (Vol 01B-04-D13)
MU601EX Conventional Carbon
Monoxide Detector
Product Codes
516.600.066 (Vol 01C-02-D8)
601FEx Infra-Red Flame Detector
516.600.067 (Vol 01C-02-D8)
601FEx-M Infra-Red Flame Detector
(Marine)
Carbon Monoxide Detector

The CO Fire detector is a unique
general purpose fire detector which
provides very early warning of slow
smouldering fires. Ideal for sleeping
risks, the CO fire detector is also well
suited to many applications where
heat detection is insufficient but
smoke detection causes false alarms.
As CO travels more freely than
smoke, the positioning of CO fire
detectors is more flexible. This
feature is particularly useful in large
Page 105
The MR601TEX has been developed

to overcome the slower response of
the optical detectors to hot burning
fires, by increasing the sensitivity of
the optical detector when it is
associated with a rapid change in
temperature. In this way it is intended
to become a detector which can
cover some of the risks currently
covered by ion chamber detectors.
Smoke detectors will not detect

Enhanced Carbon Monoxide Fire & Heat Detector
The MDU601EX detector combines

the features of both the MU601EX
detector and the MD601EX detector
to provide a combined CO and Rate
of Rise Heat Detector where the
sensitivity of the CO detector is
enhanced in response to a fast rate
of change of temperature.
ATEX Code:
Ex II 1G
Cenelec Code:
EEx ia IIC T5
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp:
-20C to
+55C
Relative Humidity:
90% noncondensing
Product Code
516.061.001.Y (Vol 01B-04-D14)
MDU 601EX Enhanced Carbon
Monoxide Fire
& Heat Detector
ATEX Code:
Ex II 1G
Cenelec Code:
EEx ia IIC T5
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp:
-20C to +55C
Relative Humidity:
90% noncondensing
Product Codes
517.001.120
System 601 EOL Unit (Pk 10)
517.001.231
DHM69 Deckhead mounting kit. This
deckhead mounting is also suitable
for 300/500 series detectors.
MUBEX Detector Base and Ancillaries

Product Code
517.050.610
MUBEX Mounting Base
Page 106

Features
Sealed Stainless Steel Construction
Suitable for use in hazardous areas
T54B Heat Detectors
T54B - Point Type Heat Detector

Constructed from stainless steel, the T54B is an extremely
rugged heat detector that can be used to detect fires in the
harshest of environments. The T54B can be used in
environments with ambient temperatures up to 200C and,
being hermetically sealed is impervious to most
contaminants.
For reliable operation, it is recommended that T54B

detectors have set points 20C or 20% (whichever is
higher) above the maximum temperature they will be
exposed to in normal operation.
Preferred factory preset temperatures are:
60, 90, 100, 145C; normally with open contacts.
Classified as a simple device, the T54B can be used in

Zone 0 areas when connected to a suitable intrinsically
safe barrier.
Product Codes
Operating voltage
@ 0.5A:
Switching Current:
Contact Resistance:
Actuating Temp:
(factory set)
Fixed Temp. only:
Accuracy:
Ambient Temp.:
Relative Humidity:
Protection Category:
Thread Size:
516.033.011
240Va.c. to 24Vdc
5 to 500mA
<1 ohm
516.033.012
516.033.013
60 to 240C
*Type E
+ or - 5%
-40 to +270C
100% RH
IP67
M20 x 1.5mm
516.033.014
T4E60X T54B Point Type heat

detector - 60C
detector - 90C
detector - 100C
detector - 145C
Other temperatures and normally closed contacts are

available by request.
Page 107

Features
IS Callpoint CP220EX
Intrinsically Safe
Weatherproof to IP67
Compatible with System 620
Intrinsically Safe Callpoints - ATEX Approved

The CP220Ex is a conventional callpoint for use on the
ATEX Certified System. System 620 is compatible with
System 1700, NT & MX Addressable DIM 800 modules.
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Weight:
Material:
Conventional:
Addressable:
Colour:
ATEX Code:
CENELEC
BASEEFA Cert:
IP Rating:
514.001.009
Page 108
87H x 87W x 51.5Dmm

200g
Polycarbonate
Yes
No
Red
Ex II 1G
EEX ia IIC T4
BAS00ATEX1245X
IP67
CP220Ex Red Callpoint intrinsically safe

for use with ATEX certified conventional
system 620.

Features
Available as intrinsically safe
Weatherproof to IP66
Robust GRP Housing
This manual fire alarm call point is designed in

accordance with the latest draft European Call Point
Standard (EN54-11).
Weatherproof to IP66 and available certified intrinsically
safe, simple apparatus or uncertified, the units are
manufactured from glass reinforced polyester (GRP)
which provides a robust, corrosion free construction and
ensures effective and reliable operation in harsh industrial
and offshore environments.
Units are supplied in self coloured GRP with a Burning

House duty label as standard.
Product Codes
514.001.059
514.001.058
Intrinsically Safe Callpoint (BG3I4NBN)

Weatherproof Callpoint (BG3W4LBN)
MODEL
BG3I
BG3W
PROTECTION
Explosion Protected EExia

(Intrinsically Safe)
Dust-tight & Weatherproof
CERTIFICATION
CENELEC EN50014, 020

BASEEFA EExia IIC T4
Cert No. BAS00ATEX1067X
Suitable for use in Zones 0,1, & 2
Not Applicable
VOLTAGE
Up to 28V (IS)
Up to 250 V a.c.
CERTIFIED TEMPERATURE
-55C TO +55C
Not Applicable
INGRESS PROTECTION
IP66
IP66
EUROPEAN STANDARD FOR CALLPOINTS
EN54-11
EN54-11
TERMINALS
6 X 4.0mm2
6 X 4.0mm2
SWITCH RATINGS
Not Applicable
DC: 0 - 30V 3A resistive or inductive

30V - 50V 1A resistive or inductive
AC: 0 - 250V 3A resistive or inductive
CABLE ENTRIES
2 X M20 Top or Bottom
2 X M20 Top or Bottom
WEIGHT
0.5Kg
0.5Kg
MATERIAL
UV resistant glass reinforced polyester
UV resistant glass reinforced polyester
FINISH
Natural Red GRP
Natural Red GRP
Page 109
IS Callpoint BG3
BG3 Weatherproof and Intrinsically Safe Conventional Callpoint -Atex Approved

Intrinsically Safe Barriers - Atex Approved
The following section relates to a range of intrinsically safe barrier and isolator equipment for use with Tyco Safety
Products manufactured fire detection systems. It essentially encompasses the relevant MTL 5000 and MTL 7000
series barriers plus the associated housing options as an alternative to existing MTL 700 series equipment.
Intrinsically Safe Barriers
On all issues of intrinsically safe systems design, please refer to Manual 26A for guidance.
Galvanic Isolators - MTL 5000

The MTL 5061 is a two channel
interface for use with conventional
fire and smoke detectors located in
hazardous areas. This galvanic
isolator is CE marked, and replaces
the MTL 3043 barrier option. It is
suitable for connecting loads in Zone
0, IIC, T4-6 hazardous areas if
suitably certified.
The MTL 5021 Isolating sounder
driver enables an intrinsically safe
sounder device located in the
hazardous area, to be controlled

from the safe area. The MTL 5021
barrier is designed as a CE marked
replacement for the existing MTL
3021 barrier. It has one channel and
is suitable for connecting loads in
Zone 0, IIC, T4-6 hazardous area if
suitably certified.
When designing new systems or
upgrading existing MTL 3000 series
systems to MTL 5000 series, please
use the appropriate MTL DX series
enclosure equipment (16.2mm

pitch).
Product Codes
517.001.244
MTL 5061 2 channel galvanic
isolator for conventional detector
zone - used on BASEEFA Approved
System 601
517.001.245
MTL 5021 I.S. Sounder driver
One secondary replaceable fuse for

each barrier channel is provided and
is lower in value than the safety
related fuse. Fuses are packaged in
small mouldings which can be
latched in a disconnect position to
break the safe and hazardous areas
during commissioning, maintenance
and fault finding, thus avoiding the
need for additional disconnect
terminals.
barrier. Currently, there is no direct

alternative for the MTL 788+ barrier
used with the MINERVA addressable
system. So addressable MINERVA
systems must use the existing MTL
788+ barrier and associated
housing option (7mm pitch).
Xener Barriers - MTL 7100

The MTL 7100 Series intrinsically
safe shunt-diode safety barriers are
innovative devices designed to
provide exceptionally high packing
densities, straightforward installation
and simplified connection,
commissioning and maintenance
facilities. The MTL 7100 Series
include secondary replaceable
fuses. These are useful where there
is the possibility of faults occurring
during commissioning, which would
otherwise blow the barriers internal
safety fuses.
Please note that this barrier is a

direct alternative for the MTL 728+
Product Code
517.001.246
MTL 7128+ Zener Safety Barrier for
conventional detection circuits
designed in accordance with System
601
MTL 700
The MTL700 series are 1 or 2
channel devices which pass the
electrical signal from fire detectors to
the control panel or from the control
panel to the output device. The
barriers limit the amount of energy
to a level that cannot ignite explosive
atmospheres. The over-voltage
protection provided by a ShuntDiode Safety Barrier is with
reference to the safety barrier earth
connection. It is therefore imperative
that a HIGH INTEGRITY EARTH is
used for this type of barrier
(14.2mm pitch).
Page 110
Product Codes
517.001.201
MTL728 Single Channel Zener
Safety Barrier
517.001.202
MTL788 Dual Channel Zener Safety
Barrier
546.004.005
Intrinsically safe sounder circuit
interface module

Safety Enclosures
DX Series Enclosures
The MTL DX Series enclosure
equipment is designed to house MTL
5000 isolating interfaces and MTL
7000 series shunt diode safety
barriers. Enclosures are usually
selected on the number of units they
will accommodate. The following
table shows the capacity of each of
the enclosure types.
MTL5000 Isolators 16mm Pitch

4 (2*)
10 (8*)
MTL7000 Barriers 7.5mm Pitch

9 (5*)
22 (18*)
* Use these figures when two IMB7 mounting brackets for tagging/earth rail accessories are included
UC Series Enclosures
The UC series of enclosures
provides a simple but effective
means of mounting and protecting
the MTL3000 series units, in safe
areas. A standard lightweight
enclosure with transparent lid, which
can accommodate 4 units. The
polycarbonate enclosures are impact
resistant, flame retardant and
dustproof to IP65.
Product Codes
517.001.196
UC2 4 Way Barrier Housing
517.001.197
UC4 8 Way Barrier Housing
MT Series Enclosures
The MT series of enclosures
provides a simple, effective means
of mounting and protecting MTL700
Series barriers in safe areas or
low-risk hazardous areas. Three
lightweight polycarbonate enclosures
with see through lids accommodate
up to 2, 5 and 12 barriers in the safe
area. All the enclosures are supplied
ready fitted with a nickel plated brass
busbar mount, so barriers can be
installed and wired up immediately
without special tools.
Product Codes
517.001.198
MT2 2,Way Zener Barrier Housing.
517.001.199
MT5 5,Way Zener Barrier Housing.
517.001.200
MT12 12,Way Zener Barrier Housing
The ERL7 earth rail is a nickel plated

3 x 10mm rail (1 metre long),
suitable for a do-it-your self
mounting arrangement. It will
accommodate up to 2.5 ETM7 earth
terminals per barrier location for
terminating earth returns and cable
screens from the hazardous area.
Product Codes
517.001.205
ERL7 Earth rail I.S. systems
517.001.206
ETM7 Earth termination connection
system
517.001.207
IMB7 Insulating mounting block
517.001.120
System 601 EOL Unit (PK10)
Ancillaries
The IMB7 mounts on a flat surface

or top hat rail (35mm) or G-profile
rail and acts as a convenient method
for mounting the earth busbar.
Page 111
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Housings
Enclosure
DX070
DX170
Product Codes
517.001.248
DX070 Enclosure MTL 5000/7000
series barriers
517.001.247
DX170 Enclosure for MTL5000/7000
series barriers
Chapter 10 - Beam and Linear Heat Detection

Beam and Linear Heat Detectors
Beam type smoke detection is ideal for large open span buildings where point type detection is unsuitable i.e.
warehousing & sports halls. The range of Linear Heat Detection is of particular use in tunnels and cable ducts and
other similar areas.
Beam Detectors
Features
Range 5 metres up to 100 metres

Area coverage up to 1400m2
Selectable sensitivity
Self-check and automatic compensation
Manual or automatic reset
Optional Mx Technology loop powered interface module
(BDM800)
Suitable for both conventional and addressable fire
systems
Fire/fault interface to MX controller
Low current consumption
Flexible system design options
Robust metal construction
Designed to conform to BS5839 Part 5
Optical Beam Smoke Detectors

The FIRE-RAY 2000 is an active infra-red smoke detector.
The system comprises of three base elements i.e. a
transmitter, receiver and Control Unit.
Analysis of the modulated infra-red beam by the Control

Unit determines whether smoke is present, and if so
generates an alarm signal.
Product Codes
Transmitter/Receiver
Control Unit
BDM800 (with M520 encl.)
516.015.006.A
Dimensions(mm)
Height Width Depth
95
75
115
260
210
80
87
148
14
Voltage Range-
Fireray 2000
BDM800
Fireray 2000 Quiescent Current
Fireray 2000 Alarm Current
Operating Temp. Range Humidity

(Fireray 2000 & LPBD521)
Fireray
BDM800
Weight
(Kg)
0.4
2.25
0.1
+11.5 to +28Vdc
40V Loop Power
<13mA
<20mA
516.015.007
516.015.008
FireRay2000 optical beam smoke

detector VdS approved, ADT Branded
FireRay2000 optical beam smoke
detector VdS approved, Thorn Branded
FireRay2000 -UL Optical beam smoke
detector - UL approved
FireRay2000 Retro-Reflector 100 x100mm
FireRay2000 Alignment tool
Spares
515484
515485
515487
FireRay2000 Spare Transmitter

FireRay2000 Spare Receiver
FireRay2000 Spare Main PCB
516.015.006.T
920450
-10oC to +55oC
-10oC to +55oC
up to 95% RH
Fireray 2000 Enclosure
(Non-condensing)
IP54
Page 112

Features
Fire-Ray 50/100R
The FIRE-RAY 50/100R is a reflective infra-red beam smoke
detector. The system comprises of two base elements i.e. a
combined infra-red transmitter and receiver in a common
housing and a reflective prism.
The electronics of the combined transmitter and receiver

unit analyse the reflected beam from the prism for smoke
and generates an alarm condition if a pre-determined level
is reached.
Product Codes
Transmitter/Receiver
BDM800 (with M520 encl.)
516.015.011
Dimensions(mm)
Height
Width
Depth
210
130
120
87
148
14
Voltage Range - Fire Ray 50/100R

BDM800
Fire Ray 50/100R Quiescent Current
Fire Ray 50/100R Alarm Current
516.015.012
Fire Ray 50R 5 to 50 Metre Reflective

Beam Detector
Fire Ray 100R 50 to 100 Metre Reflective
Beam Detector
+10.2 to +30Vdc
40V Loop Power
<4mA @ 24Vdc
15mA
Operating Temp Range - Fire Ray 50/100R

BDM800
Ingress Protection
(Fire Ray 50/100R)
Weight
(Kg)
0.7
0.1
-30C to + 55C
-10C to + 55C
IP50
Page 113
Beam Detectors
Range 5 to 50 metres (50R)

Range 50 to 100 metres (100R)
Area of coverage up to 750m2 (50R), 1500m2 (100R)
Selectable sensitivity
Self-check and automatic compensation
Manual or Automatic Reset
Optional MX Technology loop powered interface module
(BDM800)
Suitable for both Conventional and Addressable Systems
Fire/Fault Interface to the MX Controller
Flexible System Design Options
Robust ABS Construction
Designed to Conform to BS5839 Part 5, EN54 Part 12, UL
and VdS

Features
Linear Heat Detection
Fibre optic sensor loop up to 2km

Continuous temperature profiles of temperature on a PC
Programmable functions
Up to 200 Programmable fire detection zones
Multiple and programmable Alarm levels per fire
detection zone
Variable rate of rise function
Unrivalled response times
Optional outputs
Modbus Serial Data
MXF100
This new technology uses a laser light source to launch
light signals into an optical fibre. As pulses travel down
the fibre, energy is lost through scattering. A fraction of
the scattered signal is retained within the fibre. A portion
of this is directed back along the fibre towards the laser
source - this signal is called backscatter. Part of the back
scatter signal (Raman Scattering) is used to provide
accurate remote temperature measurements at hundreds
of points along the fibre.
The MXF100 uses standard communications grade optical
fibre of the 62.5/125 graded index multimode type. The
temperature range is predominantly a function of the
coating used to protect the optical fibre as the fibre itself
is well behaved over a wide temperature range.
Optical fibre itself offers several advantages as a sensing
medium. The signals are immune to electromagnetic
interference thereby ensuring integrity of readings from
electrically noisy areas. As no electrical current is used in
the sensing fibre and the fibre is a relatively inert and
dielectric (non-conducting) medium, it is a safe
technology to use in hazardous environments.
The MXF100 provides several output options, which
operate concurrently to give system design flexibility. 30
programmable relays can be used to map out alarm
zones and signal into a Fire Panel either directly or via an
addressable interface module such as the MX CIM800.
Protocol definition data is provided to enable the MXF100
to be connected via a PLC to a centralised control and
monitoring information centre e.g. SCADA. The definition

for the bespoke MXF Protocol is also available to enable
the development of alternative graphic display interfaces.
The full 200 zone capability of the system can be
exploited using either the Modbus or MX Protocols.
Product Codes
Dimensions (mm):
Supply Voltage:
516.016.111
559W x 588H x 120D

230Volt 60Hz/18-32Vdc
(from Analyser)
Power Consumption (Analyser): 25W Max
Supply Current (Analyser): <1A@24Vdc
Fuse rating:
<2A (Anti Surge)
Interface Options:
2 X RS232 Ports - PC & Modbus connection
30 X Programmable Relay Outputs - SPDT 1A @ 24 Vdc
Operating Temperature: 0C to + 40C
Storage Temperature: -40C to + 65C
Humidity: 0 to 95% RH (non condensing)
Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC):
Assessed for Immunity to BS EN 50082-2 and BS EN
50130-4
Assessed for Emmisions to EN61000-6-3
The MXF100 Control Unit is supplied in a wall mounted

cabinet whose style and livery match that of the latest
range of Minerva MX control panels. It is designed to
receive the MXF100 optics unit and provides local alarm
and fault indications, a PSM800 Power Supply Module,
field terminals for connection to signalling relays and a
termination box for the fibre optic splice joints to the
sensing cable.
Standards
The MXF100 System complies with:
EMC Directive 89/336 EEC
Low Voltage Directive 72/2/EEC
516.016.112
516.016.113
516.016.115
MXF100 Fibre Optic Linear Heat

Detection control unit c/w wall mounted
cabinet and PSU.
MXF-SL Sensor Line Thermoplastic
sensor cable (1km reel)
MXF-SS Sensor Tube Stainless Steel
Sensor Cable (1km reel)
MXF100 Assembly for fitting into a
custom housing
Additional Features
Direct to PC
Volt free contacts
Insensitive to EMI
Automatic failure mode

analysis
Intrinsically safe sensor
Loop break recovery operation
Uses standard communications

grade optical fibre
Choice of cable construction
Cable construction for extreme
environments
Page 114
High System Integrity
Diagnostic capability
Fire progression monitoring
No cable maintenance
Modem for remote
communication

MXF Optical Fibre Temperature Sensing
USER
Sensor Cable
MXF100
MXF Protocol
Optional Remote PC
Modbus
PLC
SCADA
Relays
ADDRESSABLE
RELAY INTERFACE
FIRE ALARM
PANEL
Minerva Fireline MXF100 Typical System Layout
Features
Easy and cost effective installation

Good sensitivity with adjustable alarm threshold
Open and short circuit monitoring
Suited for outdoor and indoor applications
Can be used in hazardous areas
Mechanical protection is provided for cables in areas
where damage may occur
Chemical resistance sheathing is available for areas
where petro-chemical corrosion may occur.

The LD40 linear heat detection system is used to monitor
fire (or overheat) conditions in confined or polluted areas
or where there are adverse or unusually variable
environmental conditions.
The sensor cable is unaffected by dust, moisture or

vibration and requires little maintenance.
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Weight:
Operating Temp:
Relative humidity:
Rating:
Operating Voltage:
Quiescent Current:
516.016.005
170H x 105W x 111D mm

0.55Kg
-25C to +70C
Up to 98% RH non-condensing
IP55
+8 to +30Vdc
60-80A
516.016.006
516.016.010
516.016.011
516.016.012
LD40 High resistance sensor cable blue 200M reel

LD40 High resistance sensor cable black
- 200M reel (Nylon sheath suitable for
petrochemical exposure)
LD40 EOL Termination kit (PK10)
LD40 In-line Jointing kit
LD40 Analyser module with conventional
detection zone interface. Requires a
DIM800 or similar zone module interface
to MX Technology addressable loops
Page 115
Chapter 11 - Detector Test Equipment

Detector Test Equipment Point Detector Testing/
Commissioning Equipment
Solo Detector Test Equipment
The solo range of test equipment provides a range of easy to use products for commissioning and servicing all
types of point detectors.
Telescope Poles
Product Codes
517.001.230
SOLO100 Telescopic pole 1.26M to
4.5M long
517.001.226
SOLO101 Extension tube 1.13M
long for use with 517.001.230
Telescopic extension pole
517.001.264
SOLO 610 Protective Carry/Storage
Bag for Solo Detector Test Kit
SOLO724 charger. (Connects

directly to SOLO100/101 poles).
517.001.242
SOLO720 Spare battery baton for
use with SOLO 450/460 tester
517.001.243
SOLO725 Spare mains/car battery
charger for SOLO720 battery baton
The tool also enables detector dust

covers to be easily removed.
The 800RT is also compatible for
use with M600 and M900 Series Low
Profile detectors.
Product Codes
516.800.917
800RT removal tool
572.005
800RT removal tool
SOLO330 Test Gas Dispenser

Product Code
517.001.255
SOLO330 Aerosol dispenser for use
with all detector ranges. Connects
directly to SOLO100/101 poles
SOLO461 Heat Detector Tester

Product Codes
517.001.254
SOLO461 Cordless heat detector
tester kit including SOLO460 tester,
SOLO720 battery batons and
Smoke Detector Test Gas

Product Code
517.001.256
Suretest Solo aerosol tester can. For
use with SOLO 330 dispenser. Nonflammable, ozone and environment
friendly. Approx 200 tests per can
CO Detector Tester
Product Code
517.001.262
CO Detector Tester Solo C3-006 for
use with Solo 330 dispenser
800RT Detector Removal Tool

The 800RT detector removal tool fits
the SOLO range of telescopic poles
and allows the 800 Series detectors
to be remotely fitted, removed and
turned to the park position.
SOLO704
Product Code
517.001.224
SOLO704 Adaptor tube B - Adapts
SOLO100/101 pole sets for TYCO
detector changers and testers
SOLO200
Product Code
517.001.240
SOLO200 Universal detector
changer for use with various
Page 116
manufacturers detectors - not

suitable for 600/800/900 series low
profile. Connects directly to
SOLO100/101 poles.
Chapter 11- Detector Test Equipment

SOLO TEST EQUIPMENT FOR POINT & FLAME DETECTORS
517.001.262
517.001.256
517.800.917
800 RT
DETECTOR CHANGER
Solo Detector Test Equipment
Page 117
Chapter 12 - Callpoints
Callpoints
A comprehensive range of both conventional and addressable callpoints. The range includes weatherproof models
for external mounting.
Callpoints
Features
Integral LED indicator for easy identification of operation
Surface or flush mounting
Extensive range of conventional and analogue
addressable callpoints
Test key facility, speeds maintenance visits
Optional transparent hinged cover
Hazardous areas models available (See Special Hazards
Section)
IP67 Waterproof models for external applications
MCP and CP Series Callpoints

A comprehensive range of callpoints for use with both
conventional and addressable systems. All the callpoints
are designed to enable an alarm signal to be given by
breaking a glass element.
This operates a switch and is indicated by an LED

indicator. If required, an optional transparent hinged cover
may be installed to guard against accidental operation.
(Indoor & Outdoor)
Housing:
Operating Temp.:
Relative Humidity:
Modified Polyphenylene
Oxide[Noryl SE100]
-20C to +70C
up to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Datasheet - Product Code PSF36 CP200 Series Break Glass

Detectors
Manual - Vol08A-02-D9/D10/D27 Ancillaries Manual
Commonly Used Callpoints

Model
MCP200
MCP210
CP230
MCP270
Keyswitch
CP820
CP830
Page 118
Colour
Red
Red
Red
Yellow
White
Red
Red
Type
Conventional Alert
Conventional Evacuate
Conventional Alert
Conventional Evacuate
Conventional
MX Addressable
MX Addressable
IP Rating
24D
24D
67
24D
24D
24D
67
R1/R2 Ohms
120/470
49/39
120/470
47/39
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Chapter 12- Callpoints

Callpoints & Pullstations - CP820 Indoor Callpoint
Outdoor Callpoint (IP67)
Weight: 400g
Indoor Callpoint
Weight: 200g
124mm
51.5mm
87mm
87mm
87mm
124mm
87mm
15mm
39mm
Note: Contacts rated at 32Vdc @ 100mA
Red
59mm
Conventional Callpoints
10
Typical Conventional Wiring
IN
R2 R1
OUT
5m
75mm
R2 R1
Typically the conventional callpoint devices draw

no current in the off state, but when activated,
will present an alarm load to the fire detection
control panel. The alarm load is defined by the
internal resistance arrangement for the device.
Callpoints & Pullstations - CP820 Indoor Callpoint

The CP820 is an indoor MX
addressable manual callpoint with
programmable status LED. The
CP820 is designed for LPCB
approvals and the CP820M for Marine
approvals. The CP820 provides high
speed communication to the MX
panel of a manual fire alarm.
Meets BS5839 Pt.2 and pr EN54
Pt:11
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds EN1 & EN50082-1
Operating Temp.:
-20to +70C
Relative Humidity:
non-condensing
Dimensions:
Weight:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
Ident. Value:
up to 95% RH
87H x 87W x 51D
(19mm flush
mount)
200g
0.25mA
2.5mA
129
Product Codes
514.800.503.T
CP820 Indoor Callpoint
(English Thorn Branded)
514.800.503.A
CP820 Indoor Callpoint (English
ADT Branded)
514.800.503.Y
CP820 Indoor Callpoint (English
TYCO Branded)
552.006
CP820 Indoor Callpoint (International)
514.800.511.T
Thorn KAC Indoor Callpoint (Dutch)
552.004
Zettler KAC indoor Callpoint (Dutch)
514.800.505.T
CP820M Marine Indoor Call Point
(Thorn)
Callpoints & Pullstations - CP830 Outdoor Callpoint

The CP830 is an outdoor MX
addressable manual callpoint with
programmable status LED. The
CP830 is designed for LPCB
approvals and the CP830M for Marine
approvals. The CP830 provides high
speed communication to the MX
panel of a manual fire alarm.
Meets BS5839 Pt.2 and pr EN54
Pt:11
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds EN61000-6-3 & EN50082-1
Operating Temp.:
-20 to +70C
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
135H x 135W x
Weight:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
Ident. Value:
30D mm
200g
0.25mA
2.5mA
130
Product Codes
514.800.504.T
CP830 Outdoor Callpoint
(English Thorn Branded)
552.007
(International)
552.005
Zettler KAC Outdoor Callpoint (Dutch)
514.800.512.T
Thorn KAC Outdoor Callpoint (Dutch)
514.800.506.T
CP830M Marine Outdoor Callpoint
(Thorn)
514.800.504.A
(English ADT Branded)
514.800.504.Y
(English TYCO Branded)
Page 119
MX Addressable Callpoints
Although the callpoint can

be fitted on a 16mm deep
box this leaves little room
for the conductors: A
25mm deep box is
recommended.
Conventional MCP200 Callpoint
Conventional Callpoints
The MCP200 is a red indoor callpoint

with alert resistors and LED
indicator. The MCP200 is LPCB
approved.
Product Codes
514.001.142.A
MCP200 without backbox-ADT
branded lid
514.001.142.T
MCP200 without backbox - Thorn
Security branded lid
514.001.142.Y
MCP200 without backbox - Tyco
branded lid
90-110
Standard KAC KR-1 Flush Callpoint
(No resistors fitted)
70-133
Standard KAC KR72-680 Flush
Callpoint
(680 Ohms resistance)
514.001.143.Y
MCP210 Tyco branded
514.001.160.Y
MCP211 Without backbox - Tyco
Branded Lid
514.001.160.A
MCP211 Without backbox - ADT
Branded Lid
514.001.160.T
MCP211 Without backbox - Thorn
Security Branded Lid
Conventional MCP210/MCP211 Callpoint

with LED indicator and evacuate
resistors. The MCP210 is LPCB
approved and is supplied without a
backbox.
Product Codes
514.001.143.A
MCP210 ADT branded
514.001.143.T
MCP210 Thorn Security branded

with evacuate resistors and LED
indicator. (For use with the
MXC/MXCE Panels only).
Conventional CP230 Callpoint

The CP230 is an IP67 red
weatherproof callpoint with LED
indicator and LPCB approved.
Product Codes
514.001.010.A
CP230 ADT branded
514.001.010.T
CP230 Thorn branded
Conventional MCP270 Callpoint

Product Code
514.001.114
MCP270 Yellow callpoint Evacuate
complete with LED indicator and
backbox - LPCB approved
Other Conventional Callpoints & Keyswitches

Product Code
514.002.002.A
White keyswitch in callpoint housing.
English Bomb Alert marking with
ADT branded lid
Special Marine Callpoints

Product Codes
514.001.012
CP260M Marine callpoint complete
with LED indicator - IP67
Page 120
514.001.013
CP250M Marine callpoint complete
with LED indicator surface mount
514.001.010.Y
CP230 Tyco branded
Callpoint Ancillaries
Product Codes
90-107
Red M141 spacer for red CP200/800
KAC callpoints
515.001.045
Test keys for all MCP and CP style callpoints
515.001.026
Black callpoint bezel for CP200/800
models.
Ancillaries - Back Boxes

Product Codes
515.001.021
Standard Red surface mounting back
box for MCP & CP indoor callpoints
Unless stated the indoor callpoints are supplied

as flush mount units. The range is approved for
use with the standard backbox. However, SR2-T
and SR3-T backboxes are also available.
10-115
SR2-T Optional Back Box (2
terminals)
95-131
SR3-T Optional Back Box (3
terminals)
Pullstations & Ancillaries

The RMS series of manual pull
stations are of high quality non-toxic
die-cast construction.
Low profile and smooth edges offer
an attractive yet functional design. All
components are pre-painted or have
plated surfaces to inhibit corrosion.
The RMS series of manual
pullstations have a 10 amp snap
action switch. They can be used with
or without a break glass rod for
positive indication that the unit has
been operated.
Hazardous Locations
The RMS series of pull stations are
constructed of high strength metal
die cast alloy.
The UL rating of Class I Group B
(Hydrogen) C & D, Class II Groups E,
F, G, Class III and outdoor rating of
type 4X, allows these stations to offer
unmatched placement flexibility. The
terminal block connections, D.P.D.T
contacts @ 10 amps meet most

electrical requirements.
Having a conventional pull station
design the RMS series stations offer
easy identification.
Features
Die cast metal construction
Low profile functional design
Dual action option
Institutional (Key operated) option
Explosion proof option
Break glass option
Weatherproof option
Hex screw or key lock reset
options
UL Listed
Dimensions:
118H x 83W x
37D mm
(RMS-1T)
Weight:
560g (RMS-1T)
Contact:
Single pole,
single throw
(double pole, single throw optional)

Contact Rating:
10 Amps @
125/250Va.c.
Wire AWG:
12 to 22 AWG
Wiring:
Terminal block
connections
(6-32 w/sem plate)
Switch:
10 Amp @
120Va.c.
Key Switch:
(pre-signal) 0.5
Amp 30Vdc
Product Code
960673
RMS-1T Single action pull
station
960687
Surface Mount Back Box
for use with RMS Pull
Stations
960684
Spare glass rod for use
with RMS pull stations
Page 121
Callpoint Ancillaries & Pullstations
515.001.128
Callpoint hinged cover for use on
MCP callpoints models (Colour Clear)
Callpoint Spare Glasses - Current
Product Codes
515.001.119
EN54 Part 11 Spare Glass for MCP
and CP series Callpoints (Pack of 5)
Spare Callpoint Glasses
515.001.025
CP200/500/900 Glasses, clear English
text on white background. No logo
(Pack of 5).
515.001.127
Deformable operating unit glass
with English text for use in place of
glasses, for kitchens or other areas
where glass is not acceptabl. For
MCP callpoints only.
515.001.024
CP200/500/900 spare glasses, white
Arabic/English text with Thorn
Security logo on white background
(Pack of 5)
Callpoint Spare Glasses - Old

Product Codes
515.001.010
Walsall callpoint glasses (Pack of 10)
for service spares. The Walsall
callpoint is an old square callpoint
with round glass
515.001.009
CP100A glass unscored (Pack 10)
for service spares. The CP100A has
a large square glass to the edge of
the callpoint. Used on the same AFA
systems as the ZF121.
515.001.003
ZF121 Callpoint glass (Pack 10) for
service spares. The ZF121 is a
square metal fronted AFA MINERVA
callpoint typically used on Firefinder,
System 1100, ZF/System 1200, CP
and CT systems
Page 122
515.001.014
CP200/500/900 Spare glasses, white
Arabic text on clear background
(Pack of 5)
515.001.023
CP200/500/900 spare glasses for
CP200N/CP500N, white dutch text
on clear background (Pack of 5)

Features
Prevents accidental operation of callpoints
Strong polycarbonatte construction
Optional break seal kit
The callpoint STOPPER provides protection from malicious or

accidental activation of manual callpoints. Available for flush or
surface mounted callpoints the STOPPER is also available with
optional high pitch sounder which is activated when the lid is lifted.
An optional Break-Seal fitting kit allows Break-Seals to be used
to provide extra protection.
Product Code
515.001.029
515.001.030
515.001.036
515.001.034
515.001.035
515.001.031
515.001.032
Ref
STI6530
STI6531
STI6535
STI1230
STI3150
STI6532
STI6533
STOPPER
Flush
Surface

WARNING:- Break seals only to be fitted by agreement with

relevant fire authorities.
The STOPPER is suitable for all callpoints up to 100mm square,
including CP820, CP920, CP200 and other indoor KAC style
callpoints.
STOPPER II
With Sounder
Weatherproof

Product Code
STOPPER Dimensions
515.001.033
IPO36 Break Seal Kit (pack of 1)
Flush Fit
Surface Fit
(+30mm)
Stopper
STI6530
Stopper with Sounder STI6532
STI6531
STI6533
STOPPER
STOPPER II
Max. Callpoint Size 100 x 100mm 160 x 160 mm
Max. Callpoint Depth
57.5
120
(+30mm Surface)
STOPPER II Dimensions
Millimetres
A 137
B 140
C 104
D
45
E 12.5
F 12.5
G 185
H 12.5
Stopper II Surface Fit - STI1230
Page 123
Callpoint Stoppers
STOPPER
Features
Callpoint Stoppers
Strong polycarbonate construction

Will accommodate CP230 and CP830 callpoints
Tamper resistant
STOPPER II
STOPPER II is constructed as the STOPPER from tough injection
moulded polycarbonate. Physically larger than the STOPPER the
STOPPER II extends the number of products to which these tough
multi-purpose covers can protect.
The STOPPER II is suitable for callpoints up to 160mm square like the

DIN820/830 and CP830.
It consists of a strong tamper-proof clear polycarbonate cover and

frame that fits easily over such products as break glass callpoints.
STOPPER II can also be fitted with an integral battery powered
sounder which activates if the cover is lifted.
Product Codes
515.001.034
STI1230 Surface Fit STOPPER II
Features
Strong polycarbonate construction
Provides environmental protection
Ideal for offshore environments
Weather STOPPER & Weather STOPPER II

The Weather STOPPER and Weather STOPPER II extends the life of
weather exposed devices, such as break glass callpoints, by offering
protection against harsh conditions and environments. Experience
has shown that this protective cover can extend the life of products
installed in saline atmospheres, such as oil rigs and ship decks.
While offering environmental protection the Weather STOPPER and

Weather STOPPER II are constructed from tough durable
polycarbonate which will also guard against tampering, vandalism or
accidental operation of devices such as emergency switches.
Product Codes
515.001.036
515.001.035
Page 124
STI6535 Surface fit Weather

STOPPER
STI3150 Surface fit Weather
STOPPER II

Smoke Beam/CCTV Guard
The Smoke Beam/CCTV Guard is
manufactured from tough coated
steel rod and is designed to protect
projected beam detectors or CCTV
cameras from vandalism or
accidental damage.
Suitable for use with System Sensor,

Hochiki and Fireray 2000 detectors.
Product Code
516.015.009
STI9625 Smoke beam/CCTV guard
Dimensions:
260H x 200W x
321D mm
The Extinguisher STOPPER is a self

powered electronic security device
which can be installed and
protecting fire extinguishers in
minutes. The Extinguisher STOPPER
is an effective way to stop vandalism,
misuse or theft. This simple self
contained device incorporates a
unique and patented steel cable
operated switch mechanism, which
activates a piercing alarm when the
extinguisher is removed from its

normal position.
One end of the operating cable is
crimped and secured around the
neck of the extinguisher and inserted
into the alarm unit. If the operating
cable is detached from the unit a
10dB sounder is activated.
Product Codes
515.001.038
STI6200 Extinguisher STOPPER
515.001.039
CO23 Spare key for extinguisher
stopper
The Exit STOPPER is a completely

self contained and self powered
security device to protect and deter
the unauthorised use of emergency
exit doors. It is a versatile, reliable
and extremely easy to install
electronic door alarm. If the door is
opened the Exit STOPPER activates
a 110dB electronic sounder.
A key operated over-ride facility is

incorporated into the front of the unit,
which will allow authorised use of the
emergency door.
remote and double door installation.

The unit comes complete with low
battery warning, automatic reset
facility, a choice of steady pulsating
tones, a 9V long life alkaline battery
and installation pack.
Exit STOPPER
The Exit STOPPER is injection

moulded in flame retardant
polycarbonate and can be easily
installed on wooden, glass or metal
doors. There are also options for
Product Code
515.001.037
STI6400 Red Exit STOPPER
Keybox
This tough polycarbonate breakglass
keybox is available to protect
emergency keys.
Product Code
515.001.043
STI6720 Keybox with printed glass
Page 125
Stoppers and Key Boxes
Extinguisher STOPPER
Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders

MINERVA Range of Sounders
Sounders & Beacons
A wide range of electronic sounders together with bells, sirens and voice sounders.
A range of sounders to meet a wide variety of alarm applications where loud, penetrating and distinctive warnings must
be given to alert people of fire situations. In addition, multitone electronic sounders can give a variety of sounds to
signal other conditions e.g. extinguishing gas release imminent, etc.
Features
Wide range of both bells and electronic sounders
High sound output characteristics
Clean lines, modern styling
Easy to install, low installation costs
Weatherproof units for outdoor use
Distinct sounds are available

Motorised and Solenoid bells available
Wide range of voltages available
Datasheet - Product Code PSF11 Audible Alarms
Sounder Type
Weight
(Kg)
Enclosure
to IP
Current
Consumption
@24V d.c.
Sound
Output
db @ 1m
Frequency
(Hz)
Output
150mm 6 Solenoid Bell
1.3
IP20/44
50mA
91
Ringing
150mm 6 Motorised Bell
0.41
IP22
11mA
95
Ringing
200mm 8 Motorised Bell
0.64
IP22
17mA
97
Ringing
FM Bedroom Sounder
0.19
IP44
7mA
90
800-950
AB
Squashni Sounder
0.18
IP43
20mA
85
800-970
ABCD
YODALARM YO3
0.24
IP54
35mA
97
800-1000
ABE
YODALARM YO5
0.55
IP54
20mA
91
800-1000
ABE
YODALARM YO8
2.42
IP54
330mA
112
800-1000
ABE
A - Continuous
B - Fast Sweep ie 9 times/sec
C - Slow Sweep ie 3 times/sec
D - Buzz ie 120 times/sec
E - Interrupted
Page 126

Bells
Features
Solenoid Operated
Designed for Long Life
Stove Enamelled Dome
Bells
6 Red Solenoid Operated Friedland Bell

The bells are the underdome type, with a high resonance
pressed alloy-steel gong to ensure a loud clear-tone ring.
The operating mechanism is fully enclosed and the gong is

red stove enamelled for long life. The bells are designed
for internal use, but gasket sealed conduit boxes can be
provided for external use.
Product Codes
576.500.004.A
576.500.004.T
576.500.009.A
240V Red bell 6 240Va.c. solenoid

operated. Fire text with ADT branding
240V Red bell 6 240Va.c. solenoid
operated. Fire text with Thorn branding
24V Bell 6 24V d.c. solenoid operated.
Fire text with ADT branding
576.500.009.T
577.001.002
24V Bell 6 24V d.c. solenoid

operated.Fire text with Thorn branding
Weatherproof gasket box 6 for use with
Solenoid operated bells
Features
CE marked
Low current 6 bell (ONLY 11MA)
Low cost
Extra high 95dBA/m
Slim profile (53mm)
Fully suppressed and polarised
Quick and easy to install
LPCB approved to EN54 Pt 3
6 & 8 Motorised Bells
Product Codes
Model
MBF-6EV
MBF-8EV
MBA 8EV
Rated Voltage 24V d.c.
24V d.c.
24V d.c.
Rated Current
11mA
17mA
18mA
Sound output 90-95dBA
90-97dBA
91-97dBA
Operating Temp
-12 to +50C
-10 to +50C
Colour
Red
Weight
410g
640g
1100g with back box
576.501.039.A
576.501.039.T
576.501.040.A
576.501.044.A
576.501.044.T
576.501.045
MBF-6EV ADT Branded

MBF-6EV Thorn Branded
MBF-8EV ADT Branded
MBA-8EV ADT Branded
MBA-8EV Thorn Branded
BBX4 (2) W/P Backbox for MBA-8 Bell
(Other branding available on request.)

Page 127

Features
Bells
Low Current Consumption

Supressed and Polarised
Sturdy Construction
CF Motorised Bells
The CF Motorised bells are low current, fully suppressed
and polarised.
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Colour:
576.501.022.A
Output Voltage:
Typical Current:
Typ. Sound Output:
6 & 8 Diameter available

Red (other colours available
to order)
18-30Vdc
22mA@24Vdc
94dB(A)@1m
576.501.022.T
576.501.023.A
576.501.023.T
6" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire'

ADT Branding
Thorn Branding
ADT Branding
Thorn Branding
text with
text with
text with
text with
Features
Weatherproof Option
Flexible Mounting Option
Attractive Design
Electronic Solenoid Bell

Unique patented alarm bell with miniature solenoid and
integrated electronic control. No backbox required for
surface wiring.
Product Codes
Dimensions:
Output Voltage:
Typical Current:
Typ. Sound Output:
20-100 6 24Vdc Electronic bell, weatherproof - Wormald

branded - red
20-101 6 24Vdc Electronic bell - Wormald branded - red
Page 128
6 diameter
18-30Vdc
24Vdc@30mA
94dB (A)@1m

UL Approved Bell
A red underdome type bell for use where UL Approval is required.
UL Bell
Features
UL Approved
Red enamelled steel gong
Die Cast Housing
Notification Appliances - Motor Types

These alarm bells are ideal warning devices for schools,
stores, public buildings and any other location with low to
moderate ambient noise levels. These alarm bells are
completely enclosed in an aluminium die cast housing with
red enamelled steel gongs. These alarm bells can be
mounted in standard outlet boxes or 4 x 4 junction boxes.
All are specifically designed for use with fire alarm systems
and are UL listed.
in a reverberant room and sound power output is measured

at various points along a 10 radium from the wall (i.e. the
spherical dB measurement represents an average of
several readings taken along a 180 arc, 10 feet from the
bell).
Indoor Measurement
Sound level in the indoor installation may vary depending
upon room size and acoustical loading.
UL Spherical dB Measurement
Sound level measurements are made in accordance with
UL Test Standard 464. The audible device is wall mounted
Product Code
Vibrating Type Rated Size (Inches) Rated Current
Voltage Polarised
508722
24Vdc
6
0.03A
Starting Voltage
12V
UL Spherical dB
Measurement
84
Indoor Measurement
86-89
Product Codes
508722
K-MP-6P 6 UL Bell 30mA 85dB
Page 129

Features
Banshee Multi-tone Sounder
New Aesthetic Design

32 Selectable Tones
3 Volume Settings
Push and Twist Mount
Low Current Consumption
Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder

The Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder replaces the well
established range of Banshee and Bedlam sounders.
The new range provides a compact unit capable of 32
tones and also incorporating a volume control.
The Banshee is easily installed and is fitted with robust

loop through terminations. The design incorporates a
bayonet push and fit feature for easy installations.
Product Codes
LPC and Vds approved to EN54 pt 3

Low Current consumption
32Tones
3 Volume settings
Rated at IP66 or IP45
Operating temperature:
-40 C to +70C
Operating Voltage:
9 to 30 Vdc
576.501.005.A
576.501.005.T
576.501.016.A
576.501.016.T
576.501.025.A
Page 130
EFire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red, Low

profile base (ADT) (Replaces
576.501.004.A & 576.001.008.A)
Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red, Low
profile base (Thorn) (Replaces
576.501.004.T, 576.501.008.T &
576.501.019)
Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red,
Weather Proof base (ADT)
(Replaces 576.501.015.A &
576.501.024.A)
Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red,
Weather Proof base (Thorn) (Replaces
576.501.015.T & 576.501.024.T)
Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder White, Low
Profile base(ADT) (Replaces
576.501.033.A)

Tone Information
No.
Banshee 12V
Frequency and Timing
Banshee LF Buzz
800Hz ato 950Hz swept at 120Hz*
94
100
12
00000
Banshee LF Fast Sweep
800Hz to 950 swept at 9Hz*
94
100
12
10000
Banshee LF Slow Sweep
800Hz to 950Hz swept at 3Hz*
94
100
12
01000
Banshee LF Continuous
Continuous at 850Hz*
95
101
12
11000
Banshee LF Fast Sweep (New)
830Hz to 970Hz swept at 9Hz*
95
101
12
00100
Medium Sweep LF
800Hz to 970Hz swept at 1 Hx*
95
102
12
10100
Continuous LF
Continuous at 970Hz*
97
103
12
01100
Backup Alarm LF
Intermittent at 950Hz 1s on, 1s off*
97
103
11100
Alternate LF
Alternating 800Hz/1000Hz,0.5s each sound*
94
101
14
00010
10
Medium Sweep LF
800Hz/1000Hz swept at 0.5s*
95
101
12
10010
11
Alternate LF
Alternating tones 800/950Hz*
96
103
14
01010
12
Banshee/Bedlam HF buzz
2400Hz to 2900Hz at 120Hz
15
102
12
110
25
11010
13
Banshee/Bedlam HF Fast Sweep
15
103
12
110
25
00110
14 Banshee/Bedlam HF Slow Sweep
15
103
12
110
25
10110
Continuous at 2900Hz at 3Hz
15
105
12
112
30
01110
2450Hz to 3100Hz swept at 9Hz
15
103
12
110
25
11110
00001
Banshee/Bedlam HF Continuous
16 Banshee/Bedlam HF Fast Sweep (New)
dBa (Typ)
mA(Typ)
dBA(Typ) mA(Typ)
12345
17
Back up Alarm LF
Intermittent at 2900Hz 1s on 1s off
15
105
112
15
18
Alternate LF
Alternating tones 2400/2900Hz at 3Hz
15
104
12
110
25
10001
19
Slow Whoop
500Hz rising to 1200Hz over 3.5, silence 0.5s, repeat
96
101
12
01001
20
Din Tone (DK)
1200Hz falling to 500Hz over 1s, silence 10ms, repeat
93
101
14
11001
21
French Fire Sound
554Hz for 100ms and 440Hz for 400ms
90
96
10
00101
22
Australian Alert SIgnal
420Hz repeating 0.625s on, 0.625s off
88
94
10101
23
Australian Evacuation Signal
24
US Temporal Tone LF
25
US Temporal Tone HF
26
Swedish Tone (Fire)
27
28
500Hz rising to 1200Hz over 3.75s on, 0.25s off

950Hz for 0.5s on 0.5s off, for 3 phases, silence for 1.5s & repeat
2900Hz for 0.5s on 0.5s off, for 3 phases, silence for 1.5s & repeat
96
103
12
01101
96
103
11101
15
105
112
12
00011
Intermittent 660Hz 150ms on, 150ms off
26
81
87
10011
Swedish Tone (all Clear)
Continuous 660Hz
27
84
89
14
01011
ISO8201LF
Intermittent 970Hz 500ms on, 550ms off*
28
96
103
11011
29
ISO8201HF
Intermittent 2900Hz 500ms on, 500ms off
29
106
112
15
00111
30
BT Banshee (FP1063.1)
Yodel 800Hz/1000Hz, 0.25s each frequency*
31
93
101
14
10111
31
BT Banshee (FP1063.1)
Continuous 1000Hz*
31
95
102
17
01111
32
Bell Tone
Bell Tone*
32
96
101
17
11111
*Tone meets frequency requirements of BS5839 Pt. 1 1988
Page 131
Banshee Multi-tone Sounder
Description
15
2nd Tone
Banshee 24V
Banshee Accessories
Accessories
The combined mounting bracket for
the Besson Multi-tone Banshee and
Xenon Beacon allows quick and
neat installation of combined
sounders and beacons. The
bracket allows the following
electronic sounders to be mounted
with the range of 1W Xenon
Beacons:
Besson Banshee
Loop powered MINERVA Besson
Banshee
MINERVA FIRECRYER voice
enhanced sounder
The bracket can be used with

any of the 24Vd.c 1W Xenon
beacons in red, clear, amber or
blue (Part no.'s
540.001.030/031/032 & 033)
Product Code
576.501.047
Banshee/Xenon bracket
Besson Wafer Sounder

The standard Besson Wafer
sounder is supplied in white with a
blank cover included. The
specification is as follows:
Input voltage: 24V d.c. (+/-25%)
Sound Output: 60dBA/90dBA at 1m
typical (pot. Adjustable) offering the
same sound formats as the
Banshee sounder range. It can
therefore be used in conjunction
with the Banshee sounders on the
same site.
Current:
4mA to 15mA
Temperature Range: -40C to + 70C
Dimensions:
Dia 103mm,
Height 22mm
(excluding coverplate)
Product Code
576.501.038
Besson wafer sounder and blank
cover in white
Features
Low current consumption 7mA
Dual sound options selected via
a jumper switch: Continuous
and Fast Sweep 90dB
Can be both Flush and Surface
mounted
Robust terminal connectors to
accommodate up to 2.5mm2
conductors
Product Codes
576.501.032.A
Flush Mount Sounder ADT Branded
576.501.032.T
Flush Mount Sounder Thorn
Branded
Flush Mount Bedroom Sounder

Meeting the requirements for
BS5839 part 1, the Bedroom
Sounder range is well suited to
hotels and residential environments
where aesthetics is a prime
concern. Matching the sound
output of the Banshee range of
sounders so therefore they can be
mixed on a site.
Page 132

Banshee IS28
Product Code
576.501.013
IS28VCL MK4 Banshee BS5839 Low
Frequency ATEX certified intrinsically
safe grey sounder - 94dBA, 10mA.
Certificate Number :
ITS03ATEX21311x EExia IIC T5.
Product Code
576.502.011
Klaxon Mini Mono P 24Vdc siren
103dB@1mtr
1000Hz
500mA@24Vdc.
Yodalarms
This versatile range of sounders are
ideally suited for fire, safety and
security hazard warning.
Dimensions:
YO3:
89H x 89W x 85D mm
YO5:
134H x 134W x 128D mm
YO8:
216H x 216W x 153D mm
Product Codes
576.501.001
YO3 Yodalarm 3 24Vdc 100dB @
1Mtr
576.501.002
1Mtr
576.501.003
1Mtr
MINERVA 1-4, T880 Modules and

sounder circuits on the MINERVA
main processor are available as
follows.
Product Code
509.013.031
Spare sounder circuit EOL unit
Sounder Circuit EOL

The sounder circuit EOL units or
EOL resistors are supplied with the
relevant control panels and sounder
modules. Spare sounder circuit EOL
modules for System 1600, 1700,
Page 133
Other Electronic Sounders
Klaxon Mini Mono Siren

Minerva Firecryer - Voice Enhanced Sounders
The MINERVA FIRECRYER is an electronic sounder, which provides as default the same electronic sound as the
MINERVA Besson Banshees.
FireCryer
Features
Up to 4 predefined voice messages
Custom messages available
Firecryer
The FIRECRYER provides up to 4 predefined voice
messages, which can be synchronised across a zone of
sounders.
The FIRECRYER offers an excellent service upgrade

opportunity in the UK for systems installed to BS5839pt1
and may also provide opportunities elsewhere.
Product Codes
Dimensions :
576.501.101
IP45 - 92dia 61.3 Hmm

IP66 - 92dia 85.5 Hmm
Operating Voltage:
Nominally 24Vdc
Min. 18Vdc Max. 30Vdc
Current Consumption: Average 19mA
Min. 10mA
Max.23mA
(Subject to message)
(at max. output)
Sound output:
Fast sweep - 100dBA
Voice message:
97dBA approx
Volume Control Via DIP switch with - 18dB range from
maximum
Polarity D.C.
reverse polarity protection
Operating Temp:
-25C to +70C
Humidity:
90% relative humidity
(non-condensing)
Weatherproofing:
Standard base IP45
Special base IP66
Housing Material:
Red Flame-retardant ABS
Standard Messages
AK - Fire Emergency, Please remain calm and evacuate
the building immediately
AB - This is a fire alert. This is a fire alert. Await further
instructions. Await further
instructions.
SP - This is an ADT fire alarm test. No action required
AE - Fire Alarm Test Now Complete
Page 134
576.501.103
576.501.042
MFC4SB Firecryer multi message

switching PCB for use with multimessage MINERVA Firecryers
MFC4ENC 4 message synch board
enclosure with 3 position keyswitch for
use with 576.501.101
Banshee IP66 backbox for Loop
powered Banshee and Firecryers

FIRECRYER contd
Single and Multi Message Variants
Single message versions provide fast retrofit and are self
synchronising.
Multi-messagge versions only require a multi-message
switching PCB added at the fire panel which then allows
all FIRECRYERS on two sounder circuits to be
synchronised.
Low Power
The FIRECRYER takes marginally more power than an
equivalent electronic sounder. This enables voice
enhanced sounders to be offered without the high
additional cost of large battery backups.
Standard Products
The FIRECRYER is available in 2 models (Single and 4
message) in ADT branding with pre-defined English
messages and 100dBA fast sweep alert sound to
comply with BS5839Pt1. Other variants with different
branding, languages, messages and different tones are
available upon request.
Multi Message Switching Board

PCB Dimensions
MFC4SB
138 x 100mm
EMC/RFI
CE Marked
Operating Temp
-5 to +55C
Operating Voltage
18-30V d.c.
Quiescent Current
6mA (Max)
Message Mode
28mA
Sounder Circuit
2 x 500mA Fused
MINERVA FIRECRYER - Single Message Configuration

Sounder O/P S1
Fire Alarm Panel
A (Max 500mA)
To Sounders
Sounder O/P S2
B (Max 500mA)
MINERVA FIRECRYER - Four Message Configuration

Sounder O/P S1
Fire Alarm Panel
Sounder O/P S2
A (Max 500mA)
MFC4SB
2 3 4
To Sounders
B (Max 500mA)
Push-buttons
Key-Switch
Product Codes
Product
Message
Brand
Synchronised
Reference
1
2
3
4
576.501.034.A
MFC1SEA
AK
ADT
Yes
576.501.035.A
MFC4SUA
AK
AB
SP
AE
ADT
Yes
576.501.104.A
*MFC4SCA
Customer Defined
ADT
Yes
* For recording of special messages there is a charge. This can be ordered under product code
576.501.105 MFC-CM. This includes the supply of a different timer chip for MFC4SB synchronisation
board.
Page 135
FireCryer
Additional Features
Single and Four Message Variants
A single message can confirm that the electronic sound
is a fire alarm warning and differentiate it from other
electronic sounders used in an environment. With four
messages fire tests can be easily differentiated from alert
and evacuate messages.
Two Wire Connection
The FIRECRYER uses a standard 2 wire 24V d.c.
connection to carry power, message switching and
message synchronisation. This enables a quick and
easy upgrade to existing bells and sounders
MINERVA Banshee Compatible
The electronic alarm sound and mechanics of the
FIRECRYER are the same as other Banshee sounders in
the range. This allows them to be mixed with other
sounders in a zone. It also means that existing
Banshees can be very quickly upgraded to
FIRECRYERs.
Chapter 14 - Fulleon Range of Sounders

Fulleon Range of Sounders
MXC/MXCE 2 Wire Symphoni Sounder
Fulleon Sounders
A Symphoni electronic sounder

designed specifically for installation
on the detection zone of the
MXC/MXCE panel
Sound Output @ 1M: 100dB(A) +/2dB(A) @ 24Vdc
Tones:
Continuous - 970Hz
Alternating - 970/800 Hz
at 2 Hz
Pulsed - 970 Hz at 1Hz
Operating Temp:
-25 to+70 C
Construction: Red/White ABS
Ingress Protection: IP42
Termination: 2.5mm2 Screw Terminals
Product Codes
576.501.204
Symphoni 2 Wire Sounder (Red)
576.501.205
Symphoni 2 Wire Sounder (White)
Fulleon 24Vdc Symphoni Sounder

The 24 Vdc Symphoni Sounder is a
general purpose internal sounder,
available either as a very high output
sounder for noisy areas, or a high
output low current sounder for
applications where power is limited.
Both versions share the same horn
and backbox which has double
cable entries for ease of installation.
The low power version has 3
selectable tones which may be
employed for one, two or three stage
alarm applications. The high output
version has 32 selectable tones and
retains full tone compatibility with the
Roshni, Squashni and Askari product
ranges.
Product Codes
576.501.200
SY/R Low Power Red Symphoni
Sounder (3 tone)
576.501.201
SY/W Low Power White Symphoni
Sounder (3 tone)
576.501.202
SYHO/R High Output Red Symphoni
Sounder (32 tone)
576.501.203
SYHO/W High Output White
Symphoni Sounder (32 tone)
Model
Operation
Operating Voltage Range
Sound Output @ 1m
Volume Control
Current Consumption
Tones
Symphoni High Output

2 Hours Continuous
9-28Vdc
Up to 120dB(A)
Synchronisation
Frequency Stability
Operating Temperature
Line Monitoring Method
Construction
Ingress Protection
Weight
Synchronised Start
+/- 0.15%
-25 C to +55C
Polarised Input
ABS Plastic Case
IP42
0.58Kg
240mA +/- 20mA on Tone 3

1 to 32 (see table in Flashni section)
Symphoni (Low Power)

Continuous
12-30Vdc
100dB(A) +/- 2dB(A) @24Vd. c.
Down to 80dB approx.
5mA +/- 1mA at all volumes
Alternating 990Hz/650Hz@2Hz
Continuous 990Hz
Intermittent 990Hz, On/Off@1Hz
Synchronised Start
+/- 0.5%
-25C to +70C
Polarised Input
ABS Plastic Case
IP42
0.212Kg
Roshni
A flexible alarm sounder for Fire and
Security applications complete with
volume control and dil switch to
provide 32 tones.
Low profile Roshni with Deep base
offers IP65 protection. All Roshni
sounders have synchronised start for
self synchronisation without third
wire.
Page 136
Dimensions:
93 Dia x 105D
mm
(Deep base)
Colour:
Red or white
available
Approvals:
None
(Approved variants
available)
Output Voltage:
9-28Vdc
Typical Current:
24Vdc@16mA
Typ. Sound Output: @1m 102dB
Product Codes
ROSHRDSR
ROSHNI Sounder deep base - red
171.392
ROSHNI Sounder deep base - white
576.501.220
ROSHNI Sounder shallow base - red
576.501.221
ROSHNI Sounder shallow base white

Squashni
The Squashni electronic sounder is
the original ceiling sounder for use
as a universal fire detector platform
or as a stand alone sounder
complete with blank cover. It comes
preset to tone 3 with a volume
control and is fully compatible with
Roshni tones, synchronised start.
Product Codes
576.501.030
Squashni white 24Vdc
576.501.031
Blank cover plate white for Squashni
Dimensions:
87.5H x
85.75W
x 36D mm
Colour:
Red or white
available
Approvals:
BS 5839 pt 1
Output Voltage:
9-28Vdc
Typical Current:
24Vdc@16mA
Typ. Sound Output: @1m 95dB (A)
Product Codes
576.501.240
Askari sounder, tone 3 - red
576.501.241
Askari sounder, tone 3- white
Fulleon Sounders
Dimensions:
112 Dia x 27D mm
Colour:
Matched to
leading fire
detector
manufacturers
Approvals:
None
(Approved variants
available)
Output Voltage: 9-28Vdc
Typical Current: 24Vdc@16mA
Typ. Sound Output:
@1m 93dB (A)
Askari Compact
The Askari Compact is a compact
bedroom sounder for unobtrusive
installation. It comes preset to tone 2
or 3 with a volume control and is
fully compatible with Roshni tones,
synchronised start. A surface mount
backbox is available from the
supplier to special order.
Page 137

Features
Fulleon Flashni
Combined strobe & sounder

Matches Roshni sounders
Weather Resistant to IP65
Flashni
Combined sounder and beacon, combines the features of
the Roshni electronic sounder with a fully integrated Xenon
beacon.
These sounders are fully compatible with all Roshni tones,

automatic sounder synchronisation. Weather resistant to
IP65.
Product Codes
Dimensions:
20-118
Output Voltage:
Typical Current:
Typ. Sound Output:
Page 138
93 Dia x 92D mm
(Shallow base)
93 Dia x 121D mm
(Deep base)
18-30Vdc
68m@A24Vdc
101dB (A)@1m
576.501.224
Combined Roshni sounder/strobe

complete with deep base
Combined Roshni Sounder/Strobe Red
Body/Red Lens Low Profile complete
with shallow base & tone switch.

Fulleon Sounder Tone Compatibility Table
Fulleon Tone
Tone Number
CONTINUOUS TONE (970HZ)
14
2 Wire Symphoni
24V Symphoni
Sounder Base
601SB/601SBD
602SB/602SBD
901SB
SWITCH A B
SWITCH 1 2 3 4 5
SWITCH 1 2 3 4
10
10010
111X
(880Hz)
PULSED/INTERMITTENT TONE (970HZ@ 1HZ)
25
11
00111
011X
ALTERNATING TONE (970HZ/800HZ@2HZ)
01
(CLOSEST MATCH)
(990HZ/650HZ@2HZ)
11111
N/A
DUTCH SLOW WHOOP

(500Hz-1200Hz-3s on/0.5s off)
N/A
11001
000X
SLOW SWEEP (800Hz/970Hz@1Hz)
N/A
11101
010X
FAST SWEEP (800Hz/970HZ@7HZ)
N/A
11110
100X
TWO TONE/ALTERNATING (800HZ/970HZ@1HZ)
11
N/A
10101
110X
(660Hz/880Hz@1Hz)EURO ONLY
Fulleon Sounder Tone Table

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
1st TONE
2nd TONE
ALT TONES 800/970 at 1/4 Hz
14
SWEEPING 800/970Hz at 7Hz
14
SWEEPING 800/970Hz at 1Hz
14
CONTINUOUS at 2850Hz
14
SWEEPING 2400-2850Hz at 7Hz
4
SWEEPING 2400-2850Hz at 1Hz
4
SLOW WHOOP
14
SWEEP 1200-500 at 1Hz
14
ALT TONES 2400/2850 2Hz
4
INT TONE OF 970Hz at 1Hz
14
ALT TONES 800/970 Hz at 1Hz
14
INT TONE at 2850 Hz at 1Hz
4
970Hz at 1/4 SEC. ON 1 SEC. OFF
14
CONTINUOUS AT 970Hz
14
554 FOR 100ms and 440Hz FOR 400ms
14
INT 660Hz 150ms ON/150ms OFF
16
INT 660Hz 1.8s ON/1.8s OFF
17
INT 660Hz 6.5s ON/13s OFF
18
CONTINUOUS 660Hz
19
ALT 554/440Hz at 1Hz
20
INT 660Hz 1Hz
21
INT 2850Hz 150ms ON 100ms OFF
14
SWEEP 800-970Hz at 50Hz
14
SWEEP 2400-2850Z at 50 Hz
4
INTERMITTENT 970Hz 500ms ON
500ms OFF
25
INTERMITTENT 2850HZ 500ms ON
500ms OFF
26
CONTINUOUS AT 4kHz
27
ALTERNATING TONES 800/970 AT 2Hz
10
ALTERNATING TONES 988/645 AT 2Hz
988Hz
ALTERNATING 510/610 at 1Hz
510Hz
SWEEPING 300-1200 at 1Hz
31
CONTINUOUS AT 4kHz
27
TYPICAL (mA/24V)
18
19
18
29
23
23
15
16
27
1
18
20
7
20
12
9
12
10
14
13
9
19
18
22
TYPICAL SOUND OUTPUT(dB @ 1m)

104
105
105
116
114
113
103
103
113
106
105
116
102
107
99
87
91
90
90
95
87
113
105
112
12
100
18
33
15
19
13
19
33
109
84
101
100
97
97
84
Page 139
Fulleon Tone Chart
(880Hz@1Hz)EURO ONLY

Range of Sounders
Features
Flameproof Horn Sounder
For use in hazardous areas

Robust GRP construction
Powerful Output, up to 115dBA
DB3 Flameproof Horn Sounder

This lightweight all GRP flameproof sounder is intended
for use in potentially explosive gas and dust atmospheres
and has been designed with high ingress protection to
cope with the harsh environmental conditions found
offshore and onshore in the oil, gas and petrochemical
industries.
The flamepaths, flare and the body, are manufactured

completely from a UV stable glass reinforced polyester.
Stainless steel screws and sinter are incorporated thus
ensuring a corrosion free product. A tapered flamepath is
used to overcome the problems of assembly of parallel
spigot flamepaths.
Terminals:
Mounting:
Cable Entries:
Tone Selection:
Certification:
UL Listed:
GOST Certification:
Material:
Sound Output:
Nominal Output (dBA)
Page 140
*Output measured with 24V input voltage. Tone set to

6 x 2.5mm2
Stainless steel bracket with ratchet 970Hz continuous.
facility
Weight:
6.0kg approx
1 x 20mm EExd.
Ingress Protection:
IP66
27 user selectable tones.
Voltage:
Up to 48Vdc
CENELEC EN50014,18,19
Current
BASEEFA Cert. No.
380mA at 24Vdc
BAS00ATEX2097X, EExd IIC 100C Consumption:
(-55 t. amb + 55C)T5. Zones 1
and 2.
Certified Temperature:
Class 1 Div 2, Groups A-D
EExd
UL
GOST Exd
Class 1 Zones 1 & 2, AExd IIC T4.
DB3
-20C
-55C
-20C
Listing No. E203310.
to +55C to +55C to +50C
1Exd IIC T4 & 1Exde IIC T4
Cert. No. A-0759.
Body & horn in anti-static, UV
stable, glass reinforced polyester.
Product Code
Swivel bracket & captive cover
576.501.043
Flameproof Horn Sounder
screws in stainless steel.
(DB3/D/048/N/1B/N/R)
115dB(A) +/- 3dB(A)(tone
dependent).
Input Current (mA)*
93
50
105
100
108
150
111
200
112
250
114
300
115
350
Chapter 15 - Visual Indicators

Visual Indicators
Our range includes LED & Xenon beacons together with flameproof and intrinsically safe models for hazardous
areas.
Lamp Buzzer units may be used for

local alarms when high level audible
warnings may not be appropriate.
Available in flush and surface mount
versions to fit standard single
backboxes.
Technical Specifications
Dimensions:
90H x 90W x
40D mm
Current Rating:
15mA at
24Vdc
nominally
Product Code
540.011.012
540.011.013
Features
Low Current
Flush or Surface Mount
Hi-Brightness LED
Single gang
flush mount
LED
(red)/Buzzer
Unit labelled
Fire Alarm
Single gang
surface mount
LED
(red)/Buzzer
Unit labelled
Fire Alarm c/w
surface
backbox.
Solista LED Beacon

Ultra low power requirement 3mA
or 6mA at 24Vdc. Long life low
profile design. Protected to IP54,
supplied complete with base.
Product Code
576.501.230
Solista LED Beacon (Red)
Easy AVTM Retrofit LED Beacon

This low power LED beacon is
designed to be retrofitted to existing
Banshee or Roshni electronic
sounders. Easy and fast installation
typically 3 min. Low power 6mA
max at 24Vdc High Output LEDs
Product Codes
576.501.012
Easy AV strobe for Banshee
Sounders
576.501.228
Easy AV strobe for Roshni
Sounders
Page 141
Lamp Buzzer and LED Beacons
Single Gang Lamp/Buzzer Units

Features
Xenon Beacons
Available in 1, 2, 3 and 5 watts

Protected to I.P. 65
Attractive low profile design
Optional bracket for mounting both Beacon and
Banshee Sounder
Xenon Beacons - 24V Including Surface Mount Adaptor

This high quality range of Xenon beacons are tested to IP
65 making them ideal for the most stringent applications.
Each beacon incorporates a low profile Frestral lens

designed to give maximum light output.
The mounting base is available to mount both the beacon
and a sounder.
Voltage
V d.c.
24
24
24
24
Power Output Alarm Current

Watt(s)
mA
1
42
2
84
3
126
5
210
Flash Rate
60/min
60/min
60/min
60/min
Rating
Temp. Range
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
-30
-30
-30
-30
to
to
to
to
+70C
+70C
+70C
+70C
Dimensions (mm)
Height
Diameter
51
75
51
75
51
75
75
90
Product Codes
540.001.030
540.001.031
540.001.032
540.001.033
20-112
20-113
20-120
Page 142
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
profile
profile
profile
profile
profile
profile
profile
clear 24Vdc 1 watt

blue 24Vdc 1 watt
amber 24Vdc 1 watt
red 24Vdc 1 watt
2 watt Red
5 watt Red
3 watt Red

Features
Robust Corrosion Resistant GRP body
High Power (5 Joule)
Certificated Flameproof
These certified beacons have been designed for use in

potentially explosive gas and dust atmospheres and harsh
environmental conditions. The glass reinforced polyester
enclosures are suitable for use offshore or onshore, where
light weight combined with corrosion resistance is required.
The beacon housing is manufactured completely from a

U.V. stable, glass reinforced polyester. Stainless steel
screws and mounting bracket are incorporated ensuring a
totally corrosion free product.
Product Code
Voltage
(Joules:)
Peak Current:
Consumption (mA):
Effective Intensity (Cd):
Peak Intensity (Cd):
Power Consumption
(Watts):
Note:
540.001.039
Weight:
Certified Temperature:
Ingress Protection:
Terminals:
Entries:
24Vdc Tube Energy

5
320
29
22213
Flameproof Xenon Beacon

(XB11B02406RNBNNNR)
8
The Cd figures are for a clear
lens @ 1Hz flash rate. For red
lens multiple by 0.15
2.5Kg
EExd -55C to + 55C (T5)
-55C to + 40C (T6)
IP66
6 x 2.5mm2
2 x 20mm ISO EExd.
Certification:
BASEEFA EExd IIB 100 C

(-55 t. amb +55C)T5.
85 C (-55 t.amb + 40C)T6.
Cert. No. 99 ATEX 2195X.
CENELEC EN50014 and
EN50018
Material:
Body: - Glass reinforced

polyester
Lens: - Glass.
Cover Screws + Backstrap: Stainless steel 316.
Finish: Red
Page 143
Flameprooof Xenon Beacon
XB11 Flameproof Xenon Beacon

Features
Intrinsically Safe Xenon Beacon
Robust GRP Body

Suitable for offshore and petrochem
Certificated Intrinsically Safe
XB8 Intrinsically Safe Beacon

This ruggedised, intrinsically safe and weatherproof
beacon is intended for use in potentially explosive
atmospheres, and has been designed with high ingress
protection to cope with the harsh environmental conditions

found offshore and onshore in the oil, gas and
petrochemical industries
Product Code
Certification:
540.001.038
CENELEC EN50014, 20 & 39

BAS02ATEX1258X
EExia IIB T4
Zones 0,1 & 2
Material:
UV stable glass reinforced
polyester body. Clear
polycarbonate cover/lens.
Retained stainless steel cover
screws.
Finish:
Self coloured red
Tube Type:
Xenon discharge
Lens Colour:
Clear
Terminals:
8 x 2.5mm2
Flash Rate:
1 flash per second
Cable Entries:
Up to 3 x M20 via knockouts.
Tube Energy:
0.5 Joules
Weight:
1.4kg
Certified Temperature: -55C TO + 60C
Ingress Protection:
IP66
Tube Life:
>1 x 106Flashes
Voltage:
24V via suitable barrier
Current Consumption: 71mA max nominal
Page 144
Intrinsically Safe Xenon Beacon

(XB8BB024CNR)
Chapter 16 - Auxiliary Interface Relays and Housings

Auxiliary Interface Relays and Housings
Relays and housings to facilitate interfacing of fire alarm controllers to other services.
Product Codes
567.005.004
Relay 5010. Supplied with 1 PCB but
can fit a maximum of 2 PCBs each
containing up to 5 plug in relays.
Order relay (569.001.007)
separately.
568.001.002
Relay 5010 PCB (5 Relay)
Product Codes
567.007.008
Alarm Relay 240Va.c. MK4
567.007.009
Alarm Relay 24Vdc MK4
Relays and Housings
Boxed Relays
Spare Relay Housing

Product Code
568.001.007
Relay 5000 Housing auxiliary relay
(small)
Product Code
568.001.008
Relay 5010 Housing auxiliary relay
(large)
Relays
Product Code
569.001.007
Cradle relay and retaining clip 2 C/O
26V nominal 700K ohm coil 5 amp
(used with Relay 5000 and 5010).
Product Code
609.001.015
24V Double Pole changeover
relay (PCB Mounted)
Page 145
Chapter 17 - Miscellaneous Fire Products

Miscellaneous Fire Products
Wall mountable frames suitable for instructions & zonal diagrams. 5 way sounder card, useful for converting
existing systems.
Miscellaneous Products
Sprinkler Delay Module

Product Code
584.002.001
Sprinkler delay module. Provides
preset delay between sprinkler
pressure switch and conventional
fire detection panel.
Zonal Sounder Circuit Monitoring PCB

The Zonal Sounder Circuit
Monitoring PCB provides relay
inputs (5 off) to interface to 5
separate, and monitored sounder
circuits. Each has a maximum of 2
Amps capacity.
Product Code
541.001.018
Zonal sounder circuit monitoring
PCB
Dimensions 103 x 254 x 45mm
Fire Notice Frames

These frames are used mainly for
Fire Alarm Zone Charts and are
available to fit A4 to A1 size
drawings. These come supplied with
fitting hooks.
Page 146
Product Codes
525.001.005
A4 Dimensions: 212mm x 297mm
525.001.006
525.001.008
525.001.007
Chapter 18- DATWYLER Fire Resistant Cable

Fire Resistant Cable
DATWYLER lifeline cable is LPCB approved and is suitable for fire alarm systems.
DTWYLER Lifeline cable is suitable for fire alarms and

emergency lighting where BS6387 and BS7629 standards
are acceptable and meets the installation and performance
requirements of:
BS5839 Pt.1 for use in fire alarms
BS5266 for use with emergency lighting
IEC331 fire resistance
Lifeline is LPCB approved to BS6387 CAT CWZ and
BASEC approved to BS7629.
Lifeline is low smoke, zero halogen, has an integral
aluminium backed mylar tape screen with tinned drain wire
and requires no special terminations, tools or ferrules for
installation.
Full details of Lifeline cable can be found in the DTWYLER

Lifeline datasheets on the Tyco Safety Products website
(www.tycosafetyproducts - europe.com).
DTWYLER offer a wide range of cable and safety cabling
systems including complete safety cable systems to
DIN4102 part 12. All DTWYLER products are available at
preferential prices to Tyco companies via Tyco Safety
Products. For more information contact Rob Sutcliffe
(rsutcliffe@tycoint.com).
The following DTWYLER Lifeline cables are held in stock
at Tyco Safety Products, Letchworth warehouse, together
with suitable P clips and glands. Cables are priced per
metre but must be ordered in units of 100 metre. P clips
and glands are priced each but must be ordered in packs.
Product Codes
Construction
Conductor:
Product Codes
Bare copper, solid or

stranded to BS 6360
Insulation:
Special double layer
insulation according to
BS 7655, E15
Inner Covering: High temperature resistant
glass fibre tape
Screening:
Al-Laminated tape with
tinned copper drain wire,
solid to BS 6360
Outer Sheath:
Flame retardant polyolefin
compound according to
BS 7655, LTS3
Technical Properties
Rated Voltage: 300/500V
Test Voltage:
2000V, 50Hz core/core
2000V, 50Hz core/screen
Operating Temp: -15oC to +90oC
Core Colours:
2 cores + earth: red, black
4 cores + earth:red,yellow,blue,black
Sheath Colour: Red or white
General Properties
Zero Halogen, no corrosive gases IEC 60754-2, BS 6425 part 1
Reduced fire propagation - IEC 603323, BS 4066 part 3
Minimum smoke emission - IEC 61034,

BS 7622
Insulation integrity - IEC 60331

(FE180), BS 6387 (cat. CWZ)
Approvals
BASEC
No. of Cores x Cross Section (n x mm2) Copper Content (Kg/Km)
2 x 1.0
19
2 x 1.5
29
2 x 2.5
48
4 x 1.0
39
4 x 1.5
58
599.048.020
599.048.022
599.048.023
599.048.024
599.048.032
599.048.034
599.048.035
Product Codes
599.048.001
599.048.002
599.048.003
599.048.005
599.048.006
599.048.009
599.048.010
Description - DTWYLER
No. Cores
Core Size
2 + earth
1 mm
2 + earth
1.5 mm
2 + earth
1.5 mm
2 + earth
2.5 mm
4 + earth
1 mm
4 + earth
1.5 mm
4 + earth
1.5 mm
Lifeline cable
Colour
Red
Red
White
Red
Red
Red
White
Clips
P34 R
P34 R
P34 W
P37 R
P37 R
P40 R
P40 W
Description - DTWYLER Lifeline Fire Resistant P

Clips & Glands
Qty. per pack Reference
Colour
50
P34
Red
50
P34
White
50
P37
Red
50
P40
Red
50
P40
White
10
NG1
Red
10
NG1
White
Total Weight (Kg/Km) Outer Diameter (approx. mm) Calorific Potential (KWh/m)
75
7.4
0.16
97
8.2
0.18
141
9.6
0.24
114
8.6
0.23
149
9.6
0.27
Page 147
Chapter 19 - Water Detection Systems

Water Leak Detection Alarms
Water Detection
The Water Leak detection system is a water detection alarm designed to be used in situations where not just flooding but also undue
dampness could cause damage or ultimately become dangerous.
The system comprises an electronic monitoring and alarm

control panel connected to sensors located in the area
requiring protection and can be custom made with a
variety of types of detection sensor to suit the
characteristics of the areas to be covered.
This system has been designed for ease of installation and
modern micro-electronics ensure a high degree of
reliability.
Typical Applications
Computer Rooms, Telecommunications and Office
Areas
Electrical Plant and Tank Areas
Valuables, Antiques and Artifacts
In general, wherever the presence of
water could be a potential problem to
people, equipment, perishable stock,
data/information archives and record
stores, hospital theatres and so on.
There are also sensors for the detection of non-conductive
fluids such as diesel/oil.
Features
Suitable for computer rooms
Wide range of sensors
Relay contacts to interface to BMS or fire alarm
controllers
DETEK Water Flood Detection Controllers

Controller electronics are housed in a robust cabinet and
provide accurate sensing for water leakage and
comprehensive alarm facilities.
The system is ideal for all types of applications utilising a
mixture of sensors on a single control panel to give
optimum flexibility.
All systems have a test facility to enable simple regular
confidence checking of the equipment.
Lockable cabinets constructed in mild steel with stove
enamelled finish for surface mounting. 20mm Knockouts
are provided for ease of cable entry.
Indications of status on each zone, wiring fault and supply
healthy. Mains fail battery back-up indication where
applicable.
The 85dBA pulsed audible alarm has a fully functional local
mute facility.
Quality:
Electro Magnetic Compatibility - All

of the control panels and sensors have been
performance tested to meet the requirements
of EN55022 for emissions and EN50092
for immunity
British International Standards - The equipment
is manufactured in accordance with EN ISO
9001 procedures
Electrical Safety - Manufactured in
accordance with Electrical Equipment
(Safety) Regulations 1994 - Low
Voltage Directive (SI 1994/3260).
Product Codes
Dimensions:
508.200.004
508.200.005
508.200.006
Supply:
Page 148
160H x 220W x 62D mm

(Single Zone)
270H x 362W x 84D mm
(Multi Zone)
Single phase 240Va.c., 25VA
Max. Relay Contacts:Two sets of
volt free change
over contacts for alarm and
one set for wiring fault or
power loss. These may be
used to link into Building
Management Systems or for
remote alarms and beacons
up to 2A, 50Va.c./d.c.
1 Zone - water/flood control panel

Chapter 19 - Water Detection Systems

Compatible Sensors
Features
Wide range
Compact size
High Flexibility Conductors
Sensor Cable
Sensor cable comprises high flexibility conductors
insulated by Helagaine mono-filament braiding. Cable or
tape sensors are suitable for general protection under false
floors, or can be fastened directly to pipework enabling
coverage in ceiling void areas.
The cables can be connected together, up to 100m, to
cater for larger areas. For each zone a start of line and an
end of line module is required.
Sensor Pads
Sensor pads are constructed from glass fibre with an anticorrosive nickel plated surface. Pads will detect a few ccs
of liquid and are either face up for location under vulnerable
points or face down for a general coverage.
Probe Sensors
Probe sensors are the least sensitive and are often
employed as water level sensors. In general the sensor is
enclosed in a protective cover which also provides a means
for fixing and 20mm gland entry. The probe is designed for
vertical mounting at skirting level though may be mounted
in voids or sumps. A screw allows 16mm height adjustment
after the sensor is installed.
Product Codes
Sensor Cable
Dimensions:
Sensor Cable
516.200.010
CD/5 5 metre length of sensing cable
516.200.011
CD/10 10 metre length of sensing cable
516.200.012
SOL Start of line for sensing cable
516.200.013
EOL End of line for sensing cable
516.200.014
FF1 Sensing cable fixing clips
516.200.015
CDT Sensing cable identification tags
Sensor Pads
516.200.016
SFU Sensor pad face up
516.200.006
SFD Sensor pad face down
516.200.007
SFD/C Cover for sensor pad face down
Probe Sensors
516.200.004
SPS/V Vertical mounting probe sensor
complete with cover
8mm dia
Sensor Pads
Dimensions:
115H x 160W mm
Probe Sensors
Dimensions:
85H x 62W x 62D mm
Page 149
Water Detection
Sensor Cable, Sensor Pads & Probe Sensors
Notes
Page 150
INDEX
Stock Code No.
Page
Stock Code No.
Page
Stock Code No.
Page
10-115
171.392
20-100
20-101
20-112
20-113
20-118
20-120
2500/032
2500/034
2500/045
2500/051
2500/052
2500/119
2500/120
2500/220
2500/221
2500/222
2500/383
2500/384
2500/755
2500/756
2500/757
2500/758
2500/759
2500/774
2500/775
2500/776
2500/777
2500/778
2500/930
2501/025
2501/028
40-103
40-104
40-105
508.013.016
508.020.007
508.020.015
508.020.020
508.020.021
508.020.022
508.020.201
508.020.202
508.020.203
508.020.204
508.022.001
508.022.002
508.022.003
508.022.008
508.022.010
508.022.016
508.022.018
508.022.019
508.022.021
508.022.035
508.022.036
121
136
128
128
142
142
138
142
50
50
56
56
56
56
56
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
56
56
56
63
63
63
61
40
40
42
42
42
40
40
40
40
53
53
53
51
51
51
51
51
53
59
59
508.022.037
508.022.038
508.022.042
508.022.043
508.022.044
508.030.102
508.030.201
508.030.202
508.030.203
508.030.301
508.030.502
508.030.503
508.030.504
508.200.004
508.200.005
508.200.006
508722
509.013.026
509.013.031
509.022.001
509.022.003
509.022.004
509.022.005
509.022.006
509.022.007
509.022.008
509.022.010
509.022.011
509.022.013
509.022.015
509.022.016
509.022.018
509.022.021
509.022.024
509.022.033
509.030.001
509.030.005
509.030.015
509.030.016
509.030.017
509.030.019
509.030.022
509.030.023
509.030.024
509.030.027
514.001.009
514.001.010.A
514.001.010.T
514.001.010.Y
514.001.012
514.001.013
514.001.014
514.001.042.A
514.001.042.T
514.001.042.Y
514.001.043.A
514.001.043.T
59
51
51
51
51
49
49
49
49
49
55
57
57
148
148
148
129
61
133
51, 53, 59
52, 59
52, 59
52, 59
52
52, 53
51, 53
59
51, 53
51, 53, 59
59
59
59
51
59
51, 53
49
49, 55
49, 55
49, 55
58
49
49
49
49
49, 55
108
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
514.001.043.Y
514.001.058
514.001.059
514.001.060.A
514.001.060.T
514.001.060.Y
514.001.062
514.001.063
514.002.002.A
514.800.503.A
514.800.503.T
514.800.503.Y
514.800.504.A
514.800.504.T
514.800.504.Y
514.800.505.T
514.800.506.T
514.800.511.T
514.800.512.T
514.800.513
515.001.003
515.001.009
515.001.010
515.001.014
515.001.019
515.001.021
515.001.023
515.001.024
515.001.025
515.001.026
515.001.027
515.001.028
515.001.029
515.001.030
515.001.031
515.001.032
515.001.034
515.001.035
515.001.036
515.001.037
515.001.038
515.001.039
515.001.043
515.001.045
515484
515485
515487
515590
516.009.023
516.014.019
516.014.020
516.015.006.A
516.015.006.T
516.015.007
516.015.008
516.015.009
120
109
109
120
120
120
103
103
120
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
103
122
122
122
122
122
121
122
122
122
121
122
121
123
123
123
123
123, 124
123, 124
123, 124
125
125
125
125
121
112
112
112
78
98
73
73
112
112
112
112
125
Page 151
INDEX
Stock Code No.
Page
Stock Code No.
Page
Stock Code No.
Page
516.015.011
516.015.012
516.016.005
516.016.006
516.016.010
516.016.011
516.016.012
516.016.111
516.016.112
516.016.113
516.016.115
516.018.001
516.018.002
516.018.003
516.018.004
516.018.005
516.018.006
516.018.007
516.018.008
516.018.009
516.018.010
516.018.011
516.018.012
516.018.013
516.018.016
516.018.019
516.018.020
516.018.021
516.018.022
516.018.023
516.018.024
516.018.101
516.018.102
516.018.103
516.018.104
516.018.106
516.018.107
516.018.108
516.018.119
516.018.120
516.018.201
516.018.203
516.018.204
516.018.206
516.018.210
516.018.214
516.018.219
516.018.260
516.018.261
516.018.262
516.018.264
516.018.265
516.018.268
516.018.269
516.018.270
516.018.301
516.018.302
113
113
115
115
115
115
115
114
114
114
114
87
87
87
88
88
88
88
88
88
86
86
86
87
88
88
85
85
85
85
85
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
91
90
90
516.018.303
516.018.401
516.018.402
516.018.407
516.018.501
516.018.502
516.018.503
516.018.504
516.018.505
516.018.506
516.018.508
516.018.509
516.018.514
516.018.515
516.018.901
516.018.902
516.018.903
516.018.904
516.018.905
516.018.906
516.018.907
516.018.908
516.018.909
516.018.910
516.018.911
516.018.912
516.018.915
516.018.918
516.018.920
516.033.011
516.033.012
516.033.013
516.033.014
516.037.003
516.037.004
516.037.015
516.038.003
516.038.004
516.039.003
516.039.004
516.040.002
516.040.012
516.041.003
516.041.004
516.052.041.Y
516.052.051.Y
516.054.011.Y
516.058.002.Y
516.060.010
516.060.011
516.060.012
516.060.040
516.060.041
516.061.001.Y
516.200.004
516.200.006
516.200.007
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
92
92
92
92
93
93
93
93
92
93
93
93
93
93
93
107
107
107
107
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
105
105
105
105
100
100
100
100
100
106
149
149
149
516.200.010
516.200.011
516.200.012
516.200.013
516.200.014
516.200.015
516.200.016
516.600.001.T
516.600.001.Y
516.600.001A
516.600.002.A
516.600.002.T
516.600.002.Y
516.600.003.A
516.600.003.T
516.600.003.Y
516.600.004.A
516.600.004.T
516.600.004.Y
516.600.005.A
516.600.005.T
516.600.005.Y
516.600.006
516.600.007
516.600.013.A
516.600.013.T
516.600.013.Y
516.600.066
516.600.067
516.600.201
516.600.202
516.600.203
516.600.204
516.600.213
516.800,912
516.800.006
516.800.007
516.800.066
516.800.067
516.800.500.A
516.800.500.T
516.800.500.W
516.800.500.Y
516.800.501A
516.800.501T
516.800.501W
516.800.501Y
516.800.502.A
516.800.502.T
516.800.502.W
516.800.502.Y
516.800.507
516.800.508T
516.800.509
516.800.513
516.800.515.A
516.800.515.T
149
149
149
149
149
149
149
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
73
73
73
73
73
72
72
72
105
105
72
72
72
72
72
82
66
66
102
102
66
66
66
66
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
66
67
67
78
67
67
Page 152
INDEX
Stock Code No.
Page
Stock Code No.
Page
Stock Code No.
Page
516.800.515.W
516.800.515.Y
516.800.530
516.800.531
516.800.532
516.800.800
516.800.800.A
516.800.800.Y
516.800.905
516.800.907
516.800.908
516.800.909
516.800.910
516.800.911
516.800.912
516.800.913
516.800.915
516.800.917
516.800.918
516.800.922
516.800.923
516.800.924
516.800.926
516.800.927
516.800.929
516.800.931
516.800.932
516.800.933
516.800.934
516.800.935
516.800.936
516.800.937
516.800.938
516.800.953
516.800.954
517.001.035
517.001.036
517.001.037
517.001.038
517.001.039
517.001.040
517.001.120
517.001.130
517.001.146
517.001.184
517.001.196
517.001.197
517.001.198
517.001.199
517.001.200
517.001.201
517.001.202
517.001.205
517.001.206
517.001.207
517.001.224
67
67
102
102
102
68
68
68
79
79
81
81
78, 82,83
78, 82,83
82, 83
78,82,83
80
116
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
79
79
84
84
84
84
84
84
106, 111
73
98
99
111
111
111
111
111
110
110
111
111
111
116
517.001.226
517.001.230
517.001.231
517.001.240
517.001.242
517.001.243
517.001.244
517.001.245
517.001.246
517.001.247
517.001.248
517.001.254
517.001.255
517.001.256
517.001.259
517.001.262
517.001.263
517.001.264
517.001.266
517.017.005
517.017.006
517.025.028
517.025.029
517.025.030
517.025.031
517.025.033
517.025.035
517.025.036
517.035.007
517.035.010
517.035.011
517.035.014
517.035.015
517.050.002.A
517.050.015
517.050.016
517.050.017
517.050.018
517.050.019
517.050.022
517.050.600
517.050.603
517.050.604
517.050.605
517.050.612
517.050.614
517.201.401
518.004.004
518.004.005
519.001.008
525.001.005
525.001.006
525.001.007
525.001.008
526.001.016.T
526.001.018
116
116
106
116
116
116
110
103, 110
110
103, 111
103, 111
116
116
116
103
116
96
116
96
94
94
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
33
34
34
34
34
67
79
80
77
77
77
78
77
81
81
77
81
81
33
63
63
63
146
146
146
146
57
58
526.001.019
526.001.020
527.001.003
527.001.013
527.001.028
540.001.030
540.001.031
540.001.032
540.001.033
540.001.038
540.001.039
540.007.001
540.007.002
540.007.006
540.007.007
540.011.012
540.011.013
541.001.018
542.000
542.001
542.002
542.003
542.005
542.006
542.007
542.008
542.009
542.010
542.011
542.012
542.014
542.019
542.020
542.021
542.022
542.024
542.025
542.026
542.031
542.036
542.044
542.045
542.047
542.049
542.052
542.053
542.064
542.079
542.080
542.081
542.084
542.085
542.087
542.088
542.089
542.094
58
58
57
57, 58
57
142
142
142
142
144
143
58
58
58
58
141
141
146
17
17
16
20
20
12, 13, 22
12, 18
12, 28
19, 27
12, 22
12, 37
19
23
24
25
25
25
27
12, 22
12
28
12, 38
13
20
28
28
28
28
22
28
12
12
13
13
13
20
20
46
Page 153
INDEX
Stock Code No.
Page
Stock Code No.
Page
Stock Code No.
Page
542.096
542.098
542.100
542.105
542.106
542.107
542.108
545.800.004
545.800.033
546.004.005
552.004
552.005
552.006
552.007
552.202.204
552.202.205
552.202.209
555.800.001
555.800.002
555.800.012
555.800.032
555.800.042
555.800.063
555.800.064
555.800.065
555.800.066
555.800.067
557.001.040.A
557.001.040.Y
557.180.005
557.180.016
557.180.022
557.180.052
557.180.053
557.180.095
557.180.096.A
557.180.096.T
557.180.096.Y
557.180.097.A
557.180.097.T
557.180.097.Y
557.180.148.A
557.180.151
557.180.152
557.180.208
557.180.209
557.180.219
557.180.220
557.180.239
557.180.246
557.180.406
557.180.423
557.180.452
557.180.454
557.180.699
557.180.700
46
9
47
47
46
47
47
30
30
110
119
119
119
119
5
5
5
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
32
32
32
78
78
8, 25
8, 26
7
19
17
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
44
27
27
28
28
44
27
27
44
7
30
7
7
44
44
557.200.001
557.200.002
557.200.003
557.200.004
557.200.005
557.200.006
557.200.007
557.200.008
557.200.009
557.200.012
557.200.013
557.200.014
557.200.015
557.200.016
557.200.017
557.200.018
557.200.019
557.200.020
557.200.021
557.200.022
557.200.023
557.200.027
557.200.029
557.200.030
557.200.038
557.200.200
557.200.201
557.200.202
557.200.203
557.200.204
557.200.205
557.200.206
557.200.207
557.200.208
557.200.209
557.200.210
557.200.600
557.200.601
557.200.602
557.200.603
557.200.604
557.200.605
557.200.610
557.200.611
557.200.612
557.200.901
557.201.209
557.201.210
557.201.211
557.201.216
557.201.300
557.201.301
557.201.302
557.201.303
557.201.305
557.201.306
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
6
8
8
20
20
7
8
8
7
6
6
6
6
9
28
27
44
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
11
10
10
11
10
10
11
11
38
5, 21
5, 21
5
10
28
28
28
32
28
28
557.201.310
557.201.401
557.202.000
557.202.001
557.202.002
557.202.003
557.202.004
557.202.005
557.202.006
557.202.007
557.202.012
557.202.013
557.202.019
557.202.020
557.202.021
557.202.022
557.202.024
557.202.025
557.202.026
557.202.027
557.202.028
557.202.036
557.202.040
557.202.043
557.202.050
557.202.051
557.202.055
557.202.056
557.202.057
557.202.058
557.202.061
557.202.063
557.202.064
557.202.065
557.202.066
557.202.067
557.202.100
557.202.101
557.202.103
557.202.113
557.202.116
557.202.117
557.202.118
557.202.120
557.202.121
557.202.202
557.202.203
557.202.206
557.202.403
557.202.405
557.203.001
557.203.002
557.203.003
557.203.004
557.203.005
557.203.007
28
32
17
17
16
20
20
20
6, 8, 22
5, 6, 18
19
23
24
5, 25
5, 25
5, 25
5, 27
22
5, 6, 44
20, 21, 29
8
6, 38
20
20
20, 21
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
22
23
24
28
6, 28, 38
19, 27
6, 27, 37
45
45
21
21
5
20
20
37
38
37
38
28
40
Page 154
INDEX
Stock Code No.
Page
Stock Code No.
Page
Stock Code No.
Page
557.203.008
557.300.001
557.300.002
557.300.003
557.300.004
557.300.005
557.300.006
557.301.005
557.301.006
557.301.007.N
557.301.007.P
557.301.011
557.301.012
557.301.014
557.301.101
557.301.102
558.004.006
558.004.008
558.004.013
558.004.014
558.004.015
558.004.016
561.036
561.037
561.038
561.039
561.040
561.041
561.042
561.043
561.044
561.045
561.046
561.052
562.000
562.001
562.002
562.003
562.004
562.011
562.012
562.015
562.017
567.005.004
567.007.008
567.007.009
568.001.002
568.001.007
568.001.008
568.001.018
568.800.003
568.800.004
568.800.033
568.800.034
569.001.007
571.082
103
46
46
46
46
46
46
47
46
47
46
47
46
27, 47
46
47
64
63
64
64
64
64
87
87
87
88
88
88
86
86
88
88
88
86
66
67
67
67
67
29
29
32
32
145
145
145
145
49, 145
145
78
31
31
31
31
145
89
571.083
571.084
571.085
571.086
571.087
571.088
571.104
572.000
572.005
572.006
572.007
572.008
572.009
572.012
572.014
572.015
572.016
572.017
572.018
572.020
572.021
572.022
572.023
572.024
572.025
572.027
572.028
572.029
572.030
572.032
572.034
572.036
572.039
572.048
572.049
572.050
572.051
572.052
572.054
572.055
572.065
573.013.103
573.013.301
576.500.004.A
576.500.004.T
576.500.009.A
576.500.009.T
576.501.001
576.501.002
576.501.003
576.501.005.A
576.501.005.T
576.501.012
576.501.013
576.501.016.A
576.501.016.T
89
89
90
90
91
91
89
81
116
36
31
31
31
31
31
30
29
29
20, 29
29
31
31
31
31
30
31
79
79
36
36
33
33
19
77
77
78
79
79
30
30
7
49
49
127
127
127
127
133
133
133
130
130
141
103, 133
130
130
576.501.022.A
576.501.022.T
576.501.023.A
576.501.023.T
576.501.025.A
576.501.030
576.501.031
576.501.032.A
576.501.032.T
576.501.034.A
576.501.035.A
576.501.038
576.501.039.A
576.501.039.T
576.501.040.A
576.501.042
576.501.043
576.501.044.A
576.501.044.T
576.501.045
576.501.047
576.501.101
576.501.103
576.501.104.A
576.501.200
576.501.201
576.501.202
576.501.203
576.501.204
576.501.205
576.501.220
576.501.221
576.501.224
576.501.228
576.501.230
576.501.240
576.501.241
576.502.011
577.001.002
577.001.023
577.001.033
577.001.035
577.001.036
577.001.037
577.001.038
577.002.002
577.002.003
577.002.007
577.002.008
577.800.005
577.800.011
577.800.035
577.800.041
584.002.001
592.001.005
592.001.010
128
128
128
128
130
137
137
132
132
135
135
132
127
127
127
134
140
127
127
127
132
134
134
135
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
138
141
141
137
137
133
127
31
31
78, 82, 83
78, 82, 83
78, 82, 83
78, 82, 83
28
28
28
28
31
31
31
31
146
99
99
Page 155
INDEX
Stock Code No.
Page
Stock Code No.
Page
592.001.011
592.001.012
592.001.014
592.001.016
592.001.018
599.001.012
599.047.005
599.047.006
599.047.007
599.047.008
599.047.011
599.047.012
599.047.013
599.047.014
599.047.015
599.047.016
599.047.018
599.047.019
599.047.020
599.047.021
599.047.022
599.047.023
599.047.024
599.047.030
599.047.031
599.047.032
599.047.033
599.048.001
599.048.002
599.048.003
599.048.005
599.048.006
599.048.009
599.048.010
599.048.020
599.048.022
599.048.023
599.048.024
599.048.032
599.048.034
599.048.035
609.001.015
659.001.022
70-133
90-107
90-110
920450
95-131
960673
960684
960687
AM2801/000
PBMX01
PBMX01E
PS-1212
PS-12120
PS-12170
99
99
99
99
99
57
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
145
28
120
121
120
112
121
121
121
121
73
39
39
62
62
62
PS-1219
PS-12240
PS-1230
PS-12380
PS-1242
PS-12650
PS-1270
PS-610
PS-6100
PS-612
PS-630
PS-640
PSV001
PSV008
PSV009
PSV010
PSV011
PSV012
PSV013
ROSHRDSR
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
136
Page 156
Stock Code No.
Page
European Distribution Centre - Echt, Holland:

(Warehousing/Distribution/
Purchasing/Customer Service/
Call Centre Helpdesk)
Voltaweg 20
6101 XK
Echt
Holland
Tel: +31 475 371 666
Fax: +31 475 371 660
tfseu.service@tycoint.com
European TSP Technical Support Call Centre

Toll Free: 0800 CALL TYCO or
(0800 22 55 89 26)
9:00 to 19:00 CET
8:00 to 18:00 GMT
7:00 to 17:00 EET
The right is reserved to modify or withdraw any product or service without notice
a vital part of your world

2005 Tyco International
PMC001 Is 5.2/06.2006
www.tycosafetyproducts-europe.com
UK Distribution Centre
(Warehousing/Distribution/Purchasing)
Dunhams Lane
Letchworth
Hertforshire
SG6 1BE
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0) 1462 667 700
Fax: +44 (0) 1462 667 777
tfsuk.service@tycoint.com

Fire Product Catalogue - Issue 5.2: A Vital Part of Your World

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Fire Product Catalogue - Issue 5.2: A Vital Part of Your World

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Fire Product Catalogue - Issue 5.

a vital part of your world

To enhance customer specifications and quotations we also provide a series of product

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 1- Tyco MX Technology

MX VIRTUAL multi-sensor detectors

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

Tyco MX detection panels support Tyco MX Technology:

MX VIRTUAL Multi-sensor detectors

Tyco MX detection panels provide modular cost

Networked panels from 1 to 792 detection loops

Tyco MX detection panels provide long term fire detection

Displays 95 character custom messages for emergency

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

Minerva MX2 Range

MX2 consists of a strong steel enclosure incorporating

MX2-100 One loop shallow housing

ANN840 LED Annunciator 40 way bicolour

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

MINERVA MX1000 & MX4000

The panel has a strong cast aluminium front door, which

Both panels consist of a strong steel enclosure

A maximum of 1200 digital INPUT/OUTPUT points can be

PSB800 5A 24Vdc battery backed power supply and

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

The batteries and any additional zone LEDs or operator

MX-BBX 17Ah shallow expansion and

For Marine Applications - the following optional housing

MINERVA Marine Terminal Chamber

MINERVA Marine 19 rack mounting kit

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

MX Battery & Expansion/Housings

Battery & Expansion Boxes

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

The back box has a removable chassis plate with either

Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according to

The operator control module (OCM800) can support up to

The MINERVA MX repeater is connected to the Panel via

Two power supply options are available for repeaters. The

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

MX4000 and ZX4 Black Box Panels

MX4000 or ZX4 black box panels are full featured MX

640H X 440W X 230D

MX4000 Black Box Panel 2 loop

Dawn Grey (BS 4800 10A)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

MX Black Box Panels

2 MX/ZX detection loops as standard

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

T2000 Marine Panel

PSB800M 5A 24V DC battery backed power supply and

MINERVA Expert T2000 Marine Detection Panel

The OCM800 operator control module provides all

The panel has a strong cast aluminium front door, which

The batteries and any additional zone LEDs or operator

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006